documentation/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po

# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
# 
# Translators:
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
# JH CHOI <hwangtog@gmail.com>, 2024
# Daye Jeong, 2024
# Wil Odoo, 2024
# Sarah Park, 2024
# 
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-03-07 13:06+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2024\n"
"Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Language: ko\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"

#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr "기타"

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3
msgid "Apps and modules"
msgstr "앱 및 모듈"

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can :ref:`install <general/install>`, :ref:`upgrade <general/upgrade>` "
"and :ref:`uninstall <general/uninstall>` all apps and modules from the "
":menuselection:`Apps` dashboard."
msgstr ""
"모든 앱과 모듈을 :menuselection:`앱` 현황판을 통해서 :ref:`설치 <general/install>`하거나, "
":ref:`업그레이드 <general/upgrade>` 및 :ref:`제거 <general/uninstall>`할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:8
msgid ""
"By default, an *Apps* filter is applied. If you want to search for modules, "
"click on *Filters* and select *Extra*."
msgstr "기본적으로 필터에는 *앱* 항목이 적용됩니다. 모듈을 검색하려면 *필터*를 클릭하고 *기타*를 선택하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst-1
msgid "Add \"Extra\" filter in Odoo Apps"
msgstr "Odoo 앱에 \"기타\" 필터 추가"

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:16
msgid ""
"Odoo is *not a smartphone*, and its apps shouldn't be installed or "
"uninstalled carelessly. Apply caution when adding or removing apps and "
"modules on your database since this may impact your subscription costs."
msgstr ""
"Odoo는 *스마트폰이 아니므로*, 앱을 설치하거나 제거할 경우 주의를 기울여주시기 바랍니다. 데이터베이스에서 앱과 모듈을 추가하거나 "
"제거할 경우 구독 비용에 영향을 미칠 수 있으므로 주의하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0
msgid "**Installing or uninstalling apps and managing users is up to you.**"
msgstr "**앱을 설치하거나 제거하고 사용자를 관리할 책임은 귀하에게 있습니다.**"

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0
msgid ""
"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage, as"
" you know best how your organization works."
msgstr "해당 조직의 운영 방식을 가장 잘 알고 있는 담당자로서, 데이터베이스 사용에 대한 책임은 데이터베이스 관리자에게 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0
msgid "**Odoo apps have dependencies.**"
msgstr "**Odoo 앱에는 종속성이 있습니다.**"

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0
msgid ""
"Installing some apps and features with dependencies may also install "
"additional apps and modules that are technically required, even if you won't"
" actively use them."
msgstr ""
"종속성이 있는 일부 앱 및 기능을 설치하는 경우, 주로 사용하지는 않더라도 기술적으로 필요한 앱과 모듈을 추가로 설치해야 할 수 "
"있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0
msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**"
msgstr "**데이터베이스를 복사하여 앱 설치/제거 테스트를 실행합니다.**"

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0
msgid ""
"This way, you can know what app dependencies may be required or what data "
"may be erased."
msgstr "이러한 방식을 통해, 종속되는 앱으로 어떤 것들이 있는지 또는 어떤 데이터가 삭제될 수 있는지를 확인할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:32
msgid "Install apps and modules"
msgstr "앱 및 모듈 설치"

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:34
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, and click on the *Install* button of the app "
"you want to install."
msgstr ":menuselection:`앱`으로 이동하여 설치하려는 앱에 표시된 *설치* 버튼을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:37
msgid ""
"If the module you are looking for is not listed, you can **update the app "
"list**."
msgstr "찾으시는 모듈이 목록에 없는 경우, **앱 목록 업데이트**를 실행하시면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:39
msgid ""
"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List` and click on *Update*."
msgstr ""
"실행하시려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>`를 활성화한 후, :menuselection:`앱 --> 앱 목록 "
"업데이트`로 이동 후 *업데이트*를 클릭하십시오. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:45
msgid "Upgrade apps and modules"
msgstr "앱 및 모듈 업데이트"

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:47
msgid ""
"On some occasions, new improvements or app features are added to "
":doc:`supported versions of Odoo "
"</administration/maintain/supported_versions>`. To be able to use them, you "
"must **upgrade** your app."
msgstr ""
"경우에 따라서 새로운 개선 사항이나 앱 기능이 :doc:`지원되는 Odoo 버전 "
"</administration/maintain/supported_versions>`에 추가됩니다. 해당 항목을 사용하시려면, 앱을 "
"**업그레이드**해야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:51
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you "
"want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*."
msgstr ""
":menuselection:`앱`으로 이동하여 업그레이드 할 앱의 *드롭다운 메뉴*를 클릭한 후, *업그레이드*를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:57
msgid "Uninstall apps and modules"
msgstr "앱 및 모듈 제거"

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:59
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you "
"want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*."
msgstr ":menuselection:`앱`으로 이동하여 제거할 앱의 *드롭다운 메뉴*를 클릭한 후, *제거*를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:65
msgid ""
"Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. "
"Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. "
"Odoo warns you which dependent apps and modules are affected by it."
msgstr ""
"일부 앱에는 종속성이 있는데, 이는 어떤 앱을 사용하려면 다른 앱이 필요하다는 의미입니다. 따라서 어떤 앱이 제거될 경우 여러 개의 앱과"
" 모듈이 제거될 수 있습니다. 영향을 받게 되는 앱 및 모듈에 대해 Odoo에서 경고 안내를 하게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:72
msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*."
msgstr "제거 단계를 완료하려면 *확인*을 클릭하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:75
msgid ""
"Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently "
"erases their data."
msgstr "앱을 제거할 경우 종속된 항목들도 모두 제거되며 관련 데이터는 영구적으로 삭제됩니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5
#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79
msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "인증"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3
msgid "Two-factor Authentication"
msgstr "이중 인증"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5
msgid ""
"Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of"
" an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log "
"in instead of you."
msgstr ""
"2단계 인증 (\"2FA\") 방식은 계정에 대한 보안을 강화하며 사용자 대신 타인이 로그인할 가능성을 줄일 수 있다는 점에서 바람직한 "
"방법입니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9
msgid ""
"Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually "
"your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try "
"to log in."
msgstr ""
"사용 방식으로는, *인증 도구* (보통 휴대전화를 사용)에 보안 정보를 저장하고 로그인을 시도할 대 인증 도구를 통해 코드를 교환하는 "
"방식으로 이루어집니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13
msgid ""
"This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password"
" and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition "
"than either one or the other."
msgstr ""
"이것은 공격하는 입장에서 비밀번호를 추측 (또는 발견)하고 인증 도구에 접근 (또는 도용)하기 위해서는 *양 쪽* 모두가 필요하다는 "
"뜻으로, 둘 중 하나만 필요한 것보다 훨씬 어렵게 되는 것입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "요구 사항"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20
msgid ""
"These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific "
"software."
msgstr "이 목록은 참고용 예시일 뿐이며, 특정 소프트웨어를 보증하지 않습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator."
msgstr "아직 없는 경우에는, 인증 도구를 선택하셔야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26
msgid ""
"Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume"
" you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy "
"<https://authy.com/>`_, `FreeOTP <https://freeotp.github.io/>`_, `Google "
"Authenticator <https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/1066447?hl=en>`_, "
"`LastPass Authenticator <https://lastpass.com/auth/>`_, `Microsoft "
"Authenticator <https://www.microsoft.com/en-"
"gb/account/authenticator?cmp=h66ftb_42hbak>`_, ...; password managers also "
"commonly include :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` support e.g. "
"`1Password <https://support.1password.com/one-time-passwords/>`_, `Bitwarden"
" <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..."
msgstr ""
"전화 기반의 인증 도구가 가장 쉽고 일반적인 관계로 휴대폰에서 한 가지를 선택하여 설치하는 것을 가정합니다. 많이 사용하는 `Authy "
"<https://authy.com/>`_, `FreeOTP <https://freeotp.github.io/>`_, `Google "
"Authenticator <https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/1066447?hl=en>`_, "
"`LastPass Authenticator <https://lastpass.com/auth/>`_, `Microsoft "
"Authenticator <https://www.microsoft.com/en-"
"gb/account/authenticator?cmp=h66ftb_42hbak>`_등이 있으며, 일반적으로 사용하는 `1Password "
"<https://support.1password.com/one-time-passwords/>`_, `Bitwarden "
"<https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_에 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 "
"인증)` 방식으로 비밀번호 관리자도 지원되고 있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39
msgid ""
"For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not "
"because it is any good but because it is quite common)."
msgstr "시연에서는 구글 인증도구를 사용합니다 (좋고 나쁨을 떠나 일반적으로 많이 사용하는 도구이기 때문입니다)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43
msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication"
msgstr "2단계 인증 설정"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45
msgid ""
"Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want"
" to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open "
":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):"
msgstr ""
"사용하는 인증도구가 있으면 설정하려는 Odoo 인스턴스로 이동하여 :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication: "
"2단계 인증도구)`를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`개인 설정` (or :guilabel:`내 프로필`)을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52
msgid ""
"Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable "
"two-factor authentication` button:"
msgstr ":guilabel:`계정 보안` 탭을 연 후,  :guilabel:`2단계 인증 활성화` 버튼을 클릭하십시오:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58
msgid ""
"Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your "
"password:"
msgstr "이는 보안에 민감한 작업이므로, 비밀번호를 입력해주십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64
msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:"
msgstr "그러면 다음과 같은 바코드 화면이 표시됩니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69
msgid ""
"In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the "
"authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all "
"the setup:"
msgstr "대부분의 애플리케이션에서는 선택한 인증 도구를 통해서 *바코드를 스캔*하기만 하면 나머지는 인증앱에서 전체 설정됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78
msgid ""
"If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on "
"the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided"
" link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:"
msgstr ""
"화면을 스캔할 수 없는 경우에는 (예: 인증앱이 설치되어 있는 핸드폰에서 설정 작업을 하는 경우), 링크를 받아서 클릭하거나 인증번호를 "
"복사하여 인증 도구를 직접 설정할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89
msgid ""
"Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* "
"with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for "
"which the code is):"
msgstr ""
"이 작업이 완료되면, 인증 도구에서 식별 정보 (예: 코드가 있는 도메인 및 로그인 정보)와 *인증 코드*를 확인할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96
msgid ""
"You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, "
"then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button."
msgstr "이제 코드를 :guilabel:`인증 코드`란에 입력하고, :guilabel:`2단계 인증 활성화` 버튼을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100
msgid ""
"Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!"
msgstr "축하합니다. 고객님의 계정은 이제 2단계 인증을 통해 보호되고 있습니다!"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107
msgid "Logging in"
msgstr "로그인하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109
msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along."
msgstr "이제 :guilabel:`로그아웃`하여 다음 내용을 진행합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111
msgid ""
"On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which "
"you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately "
"enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:"
msgstr ""
"로그인 페이지에서 Odoo를 바로 입력하는 대신 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`을 설정한 계정 사용자 이름과 비밀번호를 입력하면 "
"이제 두번째 로그인 화면이 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118
msgid ""
"Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and "
"account, validate, and you're now in."
msgstr "인증 도구와 함께 도메인 및 계정에 코드를 입력하고 인증받게 되면, 이제 시작할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121
msgid ""
"And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor "
"authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old"
" one-step process."
msgstr ""
"여기까지가 전부입니다. 이제부터는 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`을 비활성화하지 않는 한, 한 단계만으로 로그인하는 프로세스가 아닌"
" 2단계 로그인 프로세스로 진행하게 됩니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125
msgid ""
"Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo "
"Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the "
"account."
msgstr ""
"인증 도구를 분실하지 않도록 주의하시기 바랍니다. 분실한 경우 *Odoo 관리자*가 계정에서 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)` 절차를"
" 비활성화시켜야 합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3
msgid "Microsoft Azure sign-in authentication"
msgstr "마이크로소프트 Azure 로그인 인증"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5
msgid ""
"The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that "
"allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure "
"account."
msgstr ""
"Microsoft Azure 인증은 Odoo 사용자가 Microsoft Azure 계정으로 데이터베이스에 로그인할 수 있는 편리한 "
"기능입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8
msgid ""
"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and "
"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their "
"Microsoft Accounts."
msgstr ""
"회사에서 Azure Workspace를 사용 중이어서 Microsoft 계정을 통해 Odoo에 로그인하도록 할 경우 특히 유용하게 "
"사용하실 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or "
"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their "
"Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no "
"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the "
"Odoo.com portal."
msgstr ""
"Odoo.com에서 호스팅되는 데이터베이스의 경우, 데이터베이스 소유자 또는 관리자의 Odoo.com 계정에서 데이터베이스의 연결을 "
"해제할 수 있으므로 데이터베이스 소유자 또는 관리자 OAuth 로그인을 사용해서는 안 됩니다. 해당 사용자에 대해 OAuth가 설정되어 "
"있으면 더 이상 데이터베이스를 복제하거나 이름을 변경하거나 Odoo.com 포털에서 다른 방식으로 관리할 수 없습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19
msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:69
msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`"
msgstr ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23
#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:17
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:18
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "구성"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25
msgid ""
"Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on "
"Microsoft and Odoo."
msgstr "Microsoft 계정으로 로그인 기능을 통합하려면 Microsoft 및  Odoo 양쪽에서 설정을 하셔야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28
msgid "Odoo System Parameter"
msgstr "Odoo 시스템 매개 변수"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30
msgid ""
"First activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and then go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`."
msgstr ""
"먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>`, 를 활성화한 다음 :menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 --> "
"시스템 매개 변수`로 이동합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the "
"following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the "
":guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click "
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`신규 생성`을 클릭하면 나타나는 새로운 빈 양식에  시스템 매개변수 "
"`auth_oauth.authorization_header`를 :guilabel:`키` 필드에 추가한 후 :guilabel:`값`을 "
"`1`로 설정합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 완료합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38
msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard"
msgstr "Microsoft Azure 현황판"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41
msgid "Create a new application"
msgstr "새로운 애플리케이션 생성하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43
msgid ""
"Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create"
" a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started "
"creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal "
"<https://portal.azure.com/>`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook "
"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal "
":guilabel:`Microsoft account`."
msgstr ""
"이제 Odoo의 시스템 매개변수 설정이 완료되었으므로 Microsoft Azure 에서 해당 애플리케이션을 생성할 차례입니다. 새로운 "
"애플리케이션을 생성하려면 'Microsoft의 Azure 포털 <https://portal.azure.com/>`_'로 이동합니다. "
"Microsoft Outlook Office 365` 계정이 있는 경우에는 해당 계정으로 로그인하고, 그렇지 않은 경우 개인 계정인 "
"`Microsoft 계정`으로 로그인합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50
msgid ""
"A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and "
"perform the following configuration steps below."
msgstr "*Azure 설정*에 대한 관리자 액세스 권한이 있는 사용자는 접속하여 아래와 같은 설정 단계를 수행해야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Microsoft Entra ID` "
"(formally *Azure Active Directory*). The location of this link is usually in"
" the center of the page."
msgstr ""
"그런 다음, :guilabel:'Microsoft Entra ID 관리' (정식 명칭은 *Azure Active 디렉토리*)라고 표시된 "
"섹션으로 이동합니다. 이 링크는 보통 페이지 중앙에 위치해 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56
msgid ""
"Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and "
"then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the "
":guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` "
"field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the "
":guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for "
":guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory"
" only - Single tenant)`."
msgstr ""
"이제 상단 메뉴에 있는 :guilabel:`추가 (+)` 아이콘을 클릭한 다음, 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`앱 등록`을 "
"선택합니다. :guilabel:`애플리케이션 등록` 화면에서 :guilabel:`이름` 필드의 이름을 `Odoo 로그인 OAuth` 또는"
" 이와 비슷하게 알아볼 수 있는 제목으로 변경합니다. :guilabel:`지원되는 계정 유형` 섹션에서 :guilabel:`해당 조직의 "
"디렉토리에 있는 계정만 (기본 디렉토리만 - 단일 테넌트)` 옵션을 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type "
"and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users"
" within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The "
"above configuration is used for internal users in an organization."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`지원되는 계정 유형`은 Microsoft 계정 유형 및 OAuth의 최종 목적에 따라 달라질 수 있습니다. 예를 들어"
" 특정 조직 내의 내부 사용자 로그인인지 여부 또는 고객 포털 액세스를 위한 로그인인지 여부 등을 묻는 경우가 있겠습니다. 위의 설정은 "
"조직의 내부 사용자를 위해 사용되는 내용입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68
msgid ""
"Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience "
"is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational"
" directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target "
"audience is company users."
msgstr ""
"포털 사용자를 대상으로 하는 경우 :guilabel:`Microsoft 개인 계정만`을 선택합니다. 대상 사용자가 회사 사용자인 경우 "
":guilabel:`해당 조직의 디렉토리에 있는 계정만 (기본 디렉토리만 - 단일 테넌트)`를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the "
"platform, and then input `https://<odoo base url>/auth_oauth/signin` in the "
":guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` "
"is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. "
"*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` "
"field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`URL 리디렉션` 섹션에서 플랫폼으로 :guilabel:`웹`을 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`URL` 필드에 "
"`https:///auth_oauth/signin`을 입력합니다. Odoo 기본 :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource "
"Locator)`은 Odoo 인스턴스에 연결할 수 있는 정식 도메인입니다 (예: Odoo.com에서 호스팅하는 경우에는 "
"*mydatabase.odoo.com*). 그런 다음 :guilabel:`등록`을 클릭하면 애플리케이션이 생성됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81
msgid ""
"Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the "
":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected"
" to the application's settings from the previous step."
msgstr ""
"이전 단계에서 애플리케이션 설정으로 이동한 후 왼쪽에 있는 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`인증` 메뉴 항목을 클릭하여 새로운 앱 인증 "
"내용을 편집합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84
msgid ""
"Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be "
"chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that "
"are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these"
" tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two "
":abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that "
"should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen "
"and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit "
"flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`."
msgstr ""
"그 다음, OAuth 인증에 필요한 *토큰* 유형을 선택합니다. 해당 토큰은 통화 토큰이 아니라 Microsoft와 Odoo 간에 "
"전달되는 인증용 토큰입니다. 따라서 이러한 토큰에는 비용이 들지 않으며, 두 :abbr:`API (application "
"programming interfaces: 애플리케이션 프로그래밍 인터페이스)` 간의 인증 목적으로만 사용됩니다. 화면을 아래로 "
"스크롤하여 인증 엔드포인트에서 발급할 토큰을 선택하고 :guilabel:`액세스 토큰 (암묵적 방식에 사용)` 및 "
":guilabel:`ID 토큰 (암묵적 및 하이브리드 방식에 사용)` 레이블이 있는 상자를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1
msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens."
msgstr "인증 설정 및 엔드포인트 토큰."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96
msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved."
msgstr ":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 해당 설정 내용을 저장합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99
msgid "Gather credentials"
msgstr "자격 증명 수집"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101
msgid ""
"With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure "
"console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the "
":guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the "
":guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this "
"credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the "
"Odoo configuration later."
msgstr ""
"Microsoft Azure 콘솔에서 애플리케이션을 생성하고 인증하면 그 다음에 자격 증명이 수집됩니다. 이렇게 하려면 왼쪽 열에서 "
":guilabel:`전체 보기` 메뉴 항목을 클릭합니다. 창이 나타나면 :guilabel:`애플리케이션 (클라이언트) ID`를 선택하여 "
"복사합니다. 해당 자격 증명은 나중에 Odoo 설정에 사용되므로 클립보드/메모장에 붙여넣어 두세요. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106
msgid ""
"After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu "
"and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization "
"endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad."
msgstr ""
"이 단계를 완료한 후, 상단 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`엔드포인트`를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 인증 엔드포인트 "
"(v2)` 필드 옆에 있는 *아이콘 복사*을 클릭합니다. 이 값을 클립보드나메모장에 붙여넣으세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1
msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials."
msgstr "애플리케이션 ID 및 OAuth 2.0 인증 엔드포인트(v2) 자격 증명."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115
msgid "Odoo setup"
msgstr "Odoo 설정"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117
msgid ""
"Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to "
"configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the "
"OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved."
" Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads."
msgstr ""
"마지막으로, Microsoft Azure OAuth 설정의 마지막 단계는 Odoo에서 몇 가지를 설정하는 것입니다. "
":menuselection:`설정 --> 통합 --> OAuth 인증`으로 이동한 후 선택란에 표시하여 OAuth 로그인 기능을 "
"활성화합니다. :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하여 진행 상황이 저장되었는지 확인합니다. 그런 다음 로그인 화면이 나타나면 데이터베이스에"
" 로그인합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122
msgid ""
"Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth "
"Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select "
":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`."
msgstr ""
"다시 한번, :menuselection:`설정s --> 통합 --> OAuth 인증`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`OAuth "
"공급업체`를 클릭합니다. 이제 왼쪽 상단 구석에 있는 :guilabel:`신규 생성` 버튼을 선택하여 공급업체 이름을 `Azure`로 "
"지정합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126
msgid ""
"Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into"
" the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new "
":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the "
":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field."
msgstr ""
"이전 섹션에 있었던 :guilabel:`애플리케이션 (클라이언트) ID`를 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 필드에 붙여 넣으세요. "
"완료하게 되면 새로운 :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 인증 엔드포인트 (v2)` 값을 :guilabel:`Authorization "
"URL` 필드에 붙여 넣습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130
msgid ""
"For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL "
"(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile "
"email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login "
"screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the "
":guilabel:`CSS class` field."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137
msgid ""
"Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth "
"provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button "
"label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login "
"page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1
msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148
msgid "User experience flows"
msgstr "사용자 경험 흐름"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150
msgid ""
"For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the "
":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is"
" able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in."
msgstr ""
"사용자가 Microsoft Azure를 통해 Odoo에 로그인하려면 사용자가 :menuselection:`Odoo 비밀번호 초기화 "
"페이지`에 있어야 합니다. 해당 방법으로만 Odoo에서 Microsoft Azure 계정을 연결하여 사용자가 로그인할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155
msgid ""
"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to "
"access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must "
"click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on "
":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password."
msgstr ""
"기존 사용자는 :ref:`비밀번호 초기화 <users/reset-password>>`을 실행해야 :menuselection:`Odoo "
"비밀번호 초기화 페이지`에 액세스할 수 있습니다. 신규 Odoo 사용자의 경우에는 이메일로 전송된 신규 사용자 초대 링크를 클릭한 다음 "
":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`를 클릭해야 합니다. 새로운 비밀번호를 설정하면 안 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160
msgid ""
"To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth "
"provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using "
"the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, "
"click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will "
"redirect to the Microsoft login page."
msgstr ""
"처음으로 Odoo에 Microsoft Azure OAuth 공급자로 로그인하려면 :menuselection:`Odoo 비밀번호 재설정 "
"페이지`로 이동합니다 (신규 사용자 초대 링크 사용). 비밀번호 재설정 페이지가 표시되면, :guilabel:`Microsoft "
"Azure`라고 표시된 옵션을 클릭합니다. Microsoft 로그인 페이지로 이동합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1
msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page."
msgstr "Microsoft Outlook 로그인 페이지."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169
msgid ""
"Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. "
"Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor "
"Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`Microsoft 이메일 주소`를 입력하고 :guilabel:`다음`을 클릭합니다. 단계대로 계정에 로그인합니다. "
":abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`가 활성화되어 있는 경우에는 추가적인 단계를 거쳐야 할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1
msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials."
msgstr "Microsoft 로그인 자격 증명을 입력하세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177
msgid ""
"Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a "
"permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the "
"conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft "
"information."
msgstr ""
"마지막으로, 계정에 로그인하면 권한 페이지로 페이지를 이동하여 Odoo 애플리케이션이 Microsoft 정보에 액세스하는 조건에 "
":guilabel:`동의`하라는 메시지가 사용자에게 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1
msgid ""
"Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account "
"information."
msgstr "계정 정보 권한 액세스에 대한 Microsoft 조건에 동의합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3
msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication"
msgstr "구글 로그인 인증"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo "
"users to sign in to their database with their Google account."
msgstr "*Google 로그인 인증*은 Odoo 사용자가 Google 계정으로 데이터베이스에 로그인할 수 있는 편리한 기능입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8
msgid ""
"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, and "
"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their "
"Google Accounts."
msgstr ""
"회사에서 Google Workspace를 사용 중이어서 Google 계정을 통해 Odoo에 로그인하도록 할 경우 특히 유용하게 사용하실 "
"수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12
msgid ""
"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or "
"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their "
"Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no "
"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the "
"Odoo.com portal."
msgstr ""
"Odoo.com에서 호스팅되는 데이터베이스의 경우, 데이터베이스 소유자 또는 관리자의 Odoo.com 계정에서 데이터베이스의 연결을 "
"해제할 수 있으므로 데이터베이스 소유자 또는 관리자 OAuth 로그인을 사용해서는 안 됩니다. 해당 사용자에 대해 OAuth가 설정되어 "
"있으면 더 이상 데이터베이스를 복제하거나 이름을 변경하거나 Odoo.com 포털에서 다른 방식으로 관리할 수 없습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18
msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`"
msgstr ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:68
msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`"
msgstr ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26
msgid ""
"The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both "
"on Google *and* Odoo."
msgstr "Google 계정으로 로그인 기능을 통합하려면 Google *및* Odoo 양쪽에서 설정을 하셔야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31
msgid "Google API Dashboard"
msgstr "구글 API 대시보드"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33
msgid ""
"Go to the `Google API Dashboard <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_."
msgstr "`구글 API 대시보드 <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_로 이동합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34
msgid ""
"Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click "
"on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details "
"of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"올바른 프로젝트가 열려 있는지 확인하십시오. 아직 프로젝트를 생성하지 않았다면 :guilabel:`프로젝트 생성`를 선택하여 프로젝트 "
"이름과 기타 회사 정보를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0
msgid "Filling out the details of a new project."
msgstr "새로운 프로젝트의 세부 정보를 입력합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43
msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu."
msgstr "드롭다운 메뉴에서 회사 이름을 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48
msgid "OAuth consent screen"
msgstr "OAuth 동의 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50
msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`."
msgstr "왼쪽 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`OAuth 동의 화면`을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0
msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu."
msgstr "Google OAuth 동의 항목에 대한 선택 메뉴입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56
msgid ""
"Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and"
" click on :guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"선택 사항 (:guilabel:`내부` / :guilabel:`외부`) 중 하나를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`만들기`를 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0
msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent."
msgstr "OAuth 동의 항목에서 사용자 유형을 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64
msgid ""
"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, "
"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. "
"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User "
"Type to be used."
msgstr ""
"Gmail *개인* 계정은 사용자 유형으로 **외부** 항목만 선택하실 수 있으며, Google 승인 후에만 사용할 수 있거나 *범위* "
"내용을 추가하셔야 할 수 있습니다. 반면 *Google WorkSpace* 계정을 사용하는 경우에는 사용자 유형을 **내부**로 "
"선택하시면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68
msgid ""
"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing "
"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing"
" mode is set to 100 users."
msgstr ""
"다만, *외부* 테스트 모드에서 API 연결을 하는 경우에는 Google에서 승인을 받을 필요가 없습니다. 해당 테스트 모드에서 사용자 "
"설정은 100명으로 제한되어 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71
msgid ""
"Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save"
" and Continue`."
msgstr "필요한 세부 내용과 도메인 정보를 입력한 후 :guilabel:`저장하고 계속하기`을 클릭하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72
msgid ""
"On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on "
":guilabel:`Save and Continue`."
msgstr ""
":menuselection:`범위` 페이지에서는 변경 없이 전체 내용을 그대로 두고 :guilabel:`저장하고 계속하기`을 "
"클릭하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74
msgid ""
"Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses "
"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on "
":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A "
"summary of the app registration appears."
msgstr ""
"다음으로 테스트 모드 (*외부*)를 계속 사용하려면 :guilabel:`사용자 추가`를 선택한 후 :guilabel:`테스트용 사용자` "
"단계에서 설정할 이메일 주소를 추가하고 :guilabel:`저장하고 계속하기*를 클릭합니다. 앱에 등록한 항목에 대한 요약 내용을 "
"확인하실 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77
msgid ""
"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`."
msgstr "마지막으로 화면창을 아래로 스크롤하여 :guilabel:`현황판으로 돌아가기`를 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82
msgid "Credentials"
msgstr "자격 증명"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84
msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`."
msgstr "왼쪽 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`자격증명`을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0
msgid "Credentials button menu."
msgstr "자격증명 버튼 메뉴."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90
msgid ""
"Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client "
"ID`."
msgstr ":guilabel:`자격증명 만들기`를 클릭한 후 :guilabel:`OAuth 클라이언트 ID`를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0
msgid "OAuth client id selection."
msgstr "OAuth 클라이언트 ID 선택."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96
msgid ""
"Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now,"
" configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`애플리케이션 유형`으로 :guilabel:`웹 애플리케이션`을 선택합니다. 이제 Odoo 리디렉션 페이지를 "
"구성합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99
msgid ""
"In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field,"
" enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. "
"For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on "
":guilabel:`Create`."
msgstr ""
"이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`인증된 리디렉트 URI` 필드에 데이터베이스 도메인을 입력한 후 바로 뒤에 "
"`/auth_oauth/signin`를 입력하시면 됩니다. 예를 "
"들어,`https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin` 을 입력한 후, :guilabel:`만들기`를 "
"클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103
msgid ""
"Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the "
":guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the "
":guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the "
"configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps."
msgstr ""
"*OAuth 클라이언트* 생성이 완료되어 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 및 :guilabel:`Client Secret`이 있는 "
"화면이 나타납니다. 다음 단계에서 다룰 Odoo의 구성에 필요하므로 나중에 사용할 수 있도록 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID`를 "
"복사합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110
msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 구글 인증 사용"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115
msgid "Retrieve the Client ID"
msgstr "클라이언트 ID 검색"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117
msgid ""
"Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google "
"API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the"
" :guilabel:`Client ID`."
msgstr ""
"이전 단계가 완료되면 Google API 대시보드에 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID` 및 :guilabel:`클라이언트 비밀번호` 두"
" 개의 키가 생성됩니다. :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID`를 복사합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst-1
msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated."
msgstr "Google OAuth 클라이언트 ID가 생성되었습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127
msgid "Odoo activation"
msgstr "Odoo 활성화"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate "
":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`."
msgstr ""
":menuselection:`Odoo 일반 설정 --> 통합`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`OAuth 인증` 항목을 활성화합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133
msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step."
msgstr "이 단계까지 마치면 Odoo에서 다시 로그인하라는 메시지가 나올 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135
msgid ""
"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth "
"Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return "
"to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google "
"Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the "
":guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and "
":guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
":menuselection:`일반 설정 --> 통합 --> OAuth 인증`으로 돌아가서 선택 항목을 활성화하고 "
":guilabel:`저장`하십시오. 다음으로 :menuselection:`일반 설정 --> 통합 --> Google 인증`으로 돌아가서 "
"선택 항목을 활성화합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`클라이언트 ID`에 Google API 대시보드 항목에서 가져온 키를 입력한 후"
" :guilabel:`저장`하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0
msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings."
msgstr "Odoo 설정에서 클라이언트 ID를 입력합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145
msgid ""
"Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on "
":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` "
"heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`."
msgstr ""
":menuselection:`통합`의 :guilabel:`OAuth 인증` 항목 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`OAuth 제공업체`를 "
"클릭하여 Google OAuth2 구성 내용을 확인할 수도 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151
msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google"
msgstr "Google로 Odoo 로그인하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153
msgid ""
"To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in "
"with Google` when first logging into Odoo."
msgstr ""
"Google 계정을 Odoo 프로필에 연결시키려면 Odoo에 처음으로 로그인할 때 :guilabel:`Google로 로그인`을 "
"클릭하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0
msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button."
msgstr "\"Google로 로그인\" 버튼이 있는 비밀번호 재설정 화면."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161
msgid ""
"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to "
"access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can "
"directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new "
"password."
msgstr ""
"기존 사용자가 :menuselection:`비밀번호 재설정` 페이지를 이용하려면 반드시 :ref:`비밀번호 재설정 "
"<users/reset-password>`을 해야 합니다. 신규사용자는 새로운 비밀번호는 대신 :guilabel:`Google로 "
"로그인`을 바로 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166
msgid ""
"`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 "
"<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_"
msgstr ""
"`구글 클라우드 플랫폼 콘솔 도움말 - OAuth 2.0 설정 "
"<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3
msgid "Sign in with LDAP"
msgstr "LDAP 로그인"

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5
msgid ""
"Install the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) module in General "
"Settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7
msgid ""
"Click on **Create** in Setup the :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access "
"Protocol)` Server."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1
msgid ""
"LDAP Authentication checkbox highlighted in the integrations settings on "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1
msgid "Create highlighted in the LDAP server settings."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:17
msgid "Choose the company using the LDAP."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1
msgid "Select the company drop-down menu highlighted in LDAP setup."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:23
msgid ""
"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of the server and the port "
"it listens to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:25
msgid "Tick **Use TLS** if the server is compatible."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1
msgid "LDAP server settings highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:31
msgid ""
"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query"
" the server. If left empty, the server queries anonymously."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1
msgid "Login information highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:38
msgid ""
"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of the LDAP server in "
":abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)` nomenclature (e.g. "
"``dc=example,dc=com``)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41
msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``"
msgstr "**LDAP 필터** 항목에 ''uid=%s''를 입력합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1
msgid "Process parameter highlighted in LDAP server setup on Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:47
msgid ""
"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if Odoo should create a User "
"profile the first time someone logs in with :abbr:`LDAP (Lightweight "
"Directory Access Protocol)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:50
msgid ""
"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If "
"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template."
msgstr ""
"**사용자 서식**에서는 신규 프로필이 생성될 경우 사용할 서식을 지정합니다. 공란으로 둘 경우 관리자 프로필이 서식으로 사용됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst-1
msgid "User information highlighted on LDAP server setup on Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5
msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)"
msgstr "개발자 모드 (디버그 모드)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7
msgid ""
"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced "
"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: "
"through the :ref:`settings <general/developer_mode/settings>`, the "
":ref:`browser extension <general/developer_mode/browser-extension>`, through"
" the :ref:`command palette <general/developer_mode/command-palette>`  or the"
" :ref:`URL <general/developer_mode/url>`."
msgstr ""
"개발자 모드 (또는 디버그 모드)에서는 Odoo에서 추가 및 고급 도구를 사용할 수 있습니다. 개발자 모드를 활성화하는 방법으로는, "
":ref:`설정 <general/developer_mode/settings>`, :ref:`브라우저 확장 프로그램 "
"<general/developer_mode/browser-extension>`, :ref:`명령어 모음 "
"<general/developer_mode/command-palette>` 또는 :ref:`URL "
"<general/developer_mode/url>`과 같은 방법들이 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17
msgid "Activate through the Settings"
msgstr "설정을 통해 활성화"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19
msgid ""
"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click"
" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs "
"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the"
" :guilabel:`Settings` module."
msgstr ""
"디버그 모드는 Odoo 데이터베이스 설정에서 활성화할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정 --> 개발자 "
"도구`로 이동하여 :guilabel:`개발자 모드 활성화`를 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`설정` 모듈에서 :guilabel:`개발자 "
"도구` 영역이 표시되려면 최소한 하나 이상의 앱이 설치되어 있어야 합니다.  "

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1
msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo."
msgstr "Odoo 설정에서의 디버그 옵션 전체보기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;"
" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by "
"developers and testers."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`개발자 모드 활성화 (에셋 포함)`는 개발자용으로 사용합니다. :guilabel:`개발자 모드 활성화 (테스트 자산 "
"포함)`는 개발자와 테스터가 사용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes"
" available."
msgstr "활성화시킨 후에는 :guilabel:`개발자 모드 비활성화` 옵션을 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37
msgid "Activate through the browser extension"
msgstr "브라우저 확장 기능을 통한 활성화"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39
msgid ""
"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and "
"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a "
"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar."
msgstr ""
"웹 브라우저 내에서 브라우저 설정 및 확장 항목으로 이동하여 `Odoo 디버그` 확장 프로그램을 검색합니다. 확장 프로그램이 설치되면 "
"브라우저 툴바에 새로운 아이콘이 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43
msgid ""
"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of "
"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use"
" a single click."
msgstr ""
"*Odoo 디버그* 확장 프로그램의 경우, 한 번 클릭하면 모드에서 일반 버전이 활성화되고 두 번 클릭하면 에셋이 활성화됩니다. "
"비활성화하려면 한 번 클릭하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1
msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar."
msgstr "구글 크롬 툴바에서 Odoo의 디버그 아이콘 보기."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53
msgid "Activate through the command palette"
msgstr "명령어 모음을 통해 활성화"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55
msgid ""
"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. "
"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and"
" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode."
msgstr ""
"Odoo의 명령어 모음 도구에는 디버그 모드를 활성화할 수 있는 명령어가 있습니다. 먼저 키보드 단축키 `ctrl+k` 로 명령어 모음 "
"도구를 연 후 `debug`를 입력합니다. 디버그 모드를 활성화하라는 명령이 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1
msgid "Command palette with debug command."
msgstr "디버그 명령어를 사용할 수 있는 명령어 모음."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68
msgid "Activate through the URL"
msgstr "URL을 통한 활성화"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70
msgid ""
"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the "
"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To"
" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead."
msgstr ""
"데이터베이스의 URL에 추가 쿼리 문자열을 추가하여 디버그 모드를 활성화하는 방법도 있습니다. URL에서 `/web` 뒤에 "
"`?debug=1` 또는 `?debug=true`를 추가합니다. 디버그 모드를 비활성화하려면 값을 `?debug=0`으로 변경하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1
msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added."
msgstr "디버그 모드 명령이 추가된 URL 전체보기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79
msgid ""
"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the "
":ref:`assets mode <frontend/framework/assets_debug_mode>`, and "
"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode "
"<frontend/framework/tests_debug_mode>`."
msgstr ""
"개발자를 위한 추가 모드: `?debug=assets`로 :ref:`에셋 모드 "
"<frontend/framework/assets_debug_mode>`를 활성화시키고, `?debug=tests`로  :ref:`테스트 "
"모드 <frontend/framework/tests_debug_mode>`를 활성화합니다. tests_debug_mode>`."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86
msgid "Locate the developer mode tools"
msgstr "개발자 모드 도구 찾기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88
msgid ""
"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed "
"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in "
"the header of the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"개발자 모드가 활성화된 후에는, Odoo 데이터베이스의 헤더에 있는 버그 아이콘인 :guilabel:`개발자 도구 열기` 버튼을 누르면 "
"개발자 모드 도구에 액세스할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1
msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo."
msgstr "콘솔 페이지 전체보기 및 Odoo에서 표시되는 디버그 아이콘."

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95
msgid ""
"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit "
"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has "
"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some "
"useful menu items such as:"
msgstr ""
"이 메뉴에는 페이지에서의 화면보기나 작업과 같이 기술 데이터를 이해하거나 편집하기에 유용한 추가 도구가 있습니다. 필터, 작업 및 "
"화면보기 옵션 페이지에서 개발자 모드 도구로 다음과 같은 몇 가지 유용한 메뉴 항목을 확인하실 수 있습니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99
msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`편집 작업`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100
msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`필터 관리`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101
msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)"
msgstr "현재 화면보기 편집 (예: 칸반, 목록, 도표 등)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102
msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`필드 화면 가져오기`를 참고하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3
msgid "Digest Emails"
msgstr "이메일 다이제스트"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:5
msgid ""
"**Digest Emails** are periodic snapshots sent to your organization via email"
" that include high-level information about how your business is performing."
msgstr ""
"**이메일 다이제스트**란 경영 방식에 대한 고급 정보를 모아 이메일을 통해 조직내로 정기적으로 전송해드리는 스냅샷과 같은 정보입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:8
msgid ""
"Navigate to Digest Emails by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General "
"Settings --> Statistics`, then activate the **Digest Emails** feature and "
"click on save."
msgstr ""
":menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정 --> 통계`로 이동하여 이메일 다이제스트 이메일로 이동한 후 **이메일 "
"다이제스트** 기능을 활성화하고 저장을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1
msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings."
msgstr "일반 설정에 있는 이메일 다이제스트 섹션."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:15
msgid "You can control a variety of settings for your Digest Emails, such as:"
msgstr "이메일 다이제스트에서 다음과 같이 다양하게 설정 항목을 관리할 수 있습니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:17
msgid "which KPIs are shared in the Digest"
msgstr "다이제스트로 공유되는 KPI"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:18
msgid "how often Digest Emails are sent"
msgstr "이메일 다이제스트 발송 빈도"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:19
msgid "who in your organization receives Digest Emails"
msgstr "회사 내 이메일 다이제스트 수신 대상"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:20
msgid "creating custom Digest Email templates"
msgstr "이메일 다이제스트 서식 커스터마이징"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:21
msgid "adding additional KPIs (Studio required)"
msgstr "별도 KPI 추가 (Studio 설치 필요)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:24
msgid ""
"By default, Digest Email is *enabled*, and *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* "
"serves as the primary template, which includes all KPI measurements across "
"your Odoo database and is sent daily to administrators."
msgstr ""
"기본적으로 이메일 다이제스트 이메일 기능은 *활성화*되어 있으며 *나의 Odoo 정기 다이제스트*는 Odoo 데이터베이스 전체에 대한 "
"모든 KPI 측정 수치와 함께 매일 관리자에게 전송되는 기본 서식 역할을 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:31
msgid "Customize *Your Odoo Periodic Digest*"
msgstr "*나의 Odoo 정기 다이제스트* 편집"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:33
msgid ""
"To customize the default Digest Email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Statistics --> Digest "
"Email`, select *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* and click on the *external link* "
"next to the dropdown selection."
msgstr ""
"기본 이메일 다이제스트(*나의 Odoo 정기 다이제스트*)를 편집하여 사용하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정 "
"--> 통계 --> 이메일 다이제스트`로 이동하여 *나의 Odoo 정기 다이제스트*를 선택하고 드롭다운 선택 메뉴 옆에 있는 *외부 "
"링크*를 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:37
msgid ""
"A popup window appears and presents a variety of editable settings, which "
"include:"
msgstr "팝업창이 표시되며 여기에서 다음과 같은 다양하게 편집할 수 있는 설정 기능이 나타납니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:39
msgid "**Digest Title** - what you want your Digest Email to be called"
msgstr "**다이제스트 제목** - 이메일 다이제스트 제목"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:40
msgid ""
"**Periodicity** - control the regimen in how often Digest Emails are sent"
msgstr "**주기** - 이메일 다이제스트를 발송 주기 설정"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:41
msgid ""
"**KPIs** - check/uncheck each calculated KPI that appears in Digest Emails"
msgstr "**KPI** - 이메일 다이제스트에 표시할 KPI 산출 내역을 선택/선택취소"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:42
msgid "**Recipients** - add/remove users who receive your Digest Emails"
msgstr "**받는사람** - 이메일 다이제스트를 수신할 사용자 추가/제거"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:43
msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)"
msgstr "**커스터마이징** - 자신만의 KPI 추가 (스튜디오 앱 필요)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1
msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs."
msgstr "기본 이메일 다이제스트 설정과 맞춤 설정한 KPI를 커스터마이징합니다"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:52
msgid "Custom digest emails"
msgstr "이메일 다이제스트 맞춤형 설정"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:54
msgid "To do so, click on **Configure Digest Emails** and then **Create**."
msgstr "이렇게 하려면 **이메일 다이제스트 설정**을 클릭한 후 **생성**을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:56
msgid ""
"From there, give your Digest Email a title, specify periodicity, and choose "
"your desired KPIs and recipients fields as needed."
msgstr "여기에서 이메일 다이제스트 제목을 지정하거나 주기를 설정하고, 필요에 따라 알맞게 KPI와 수신자 필드를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:59
msgid ""
"After you click **Save**, your new custom Digest Email is available as a "
"selection in the **General Settings** dropdown menu."
msgstr "**저장**을 클릭하면 **일반 설정** 드롭다운 메뉴에서 새로 사용자 맞춤형 이메일 다이제스트를 선택할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:65
msgid "Custom KPIs with Studio"
msgstr "Studio를 사용한 맞춤형 KPI"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:67
msgid ""
"For either *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* or your own custom Digest Email, you "
"can add your own KPIs by using Odoo Studio."
msgstr ""
"*나의 Odoo 정기 다이제스트* 또는 자신만의 맞춤형 이메일 다이제스트 이메일에, Odoo 스튜디오를 사용하여 자신만의 고유 KPI를 "
"추가할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:70
msgid ""
"To begin, click the **Toggle Studio** icon or click the **Recipients** tab "
"and then the ellipses :menuselection:`… icon --> Add Custom Field` to edit "
"the template or add additional fields."
msgstr ""
"시작하려면 **토글 스튜디오** 아이콘을 클릭하거나 **받는사람** 탭을 클릭한 다음 말줄임표 :menuselection:`… 아이콘 "
"--> 사용자 정의 필드 추가`를 클릭하여 서식을 편집하거나 추가 필드를 추가합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:73
msgid ""
"In order to create additional fields, you must create two fields on the "
"digest object:"
msgstr "추가 필드를 생성하려면 다이제스트 항목에서 필드를 두 개 생성해야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:75
msgid ""
"create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield` and display it in the KPIs tab"
msgstr "`kpi_myfield`라는 불리언 필드를 생성하여 KPI 탭에 표시합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:76
msgid ""
"create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes your "
"customized KPI"
msgstr "커스터마이징된 KPI를 계산하기 위해 `kpi_myfield_value`라는 계산 필드를 생성합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:77
msgid "select your KPI(s) in the KPIs tab."
msgstr "KPI 탭에서 KPI를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:80
msgid "Computed values reference table"
msgstr "계산값 참조표"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83
msgid "LABEL"
msgstr "라벨"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83
msgid "VALUE"
msgstr "값"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85
msgid "Connected Users"
msgstr "연결된 사용자"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85
msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87
msgid "Messages Sent"
msgstr "메시지 전송 완료"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87
msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89
msgid "New Leads"
msgstr "새로운 영업 제안"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89
msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91
msgid "Opportunities Won"
msgstr "영업 기회 성공"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91
msgid "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93
msgid "Open Tasks"
msgstr "작업 열기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93
msgid "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95
msgid "Tickets Closed"
msgstr "티켓 마감됨"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95
msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97
msgid "% of Happiness"
msgstr "행복도 %"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97
msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99
msgid "Conversations handled"
msgstr "연락 처리 완료"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99
msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101
msgid "Time to answer (sec)"
msgstr "답변 시간 (초)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101
msgid "`kpi_livechat_response_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_livechat_response_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103
msgid "All Sales"
msgstr "판매 전체"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103
msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105
msgid "eCommerce Sales"
msgstr "이커머스 판매"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105
msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107
msgid "Revenue"
msgstr "매출액"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107
msgid "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109
msgid "Bank & Cash Moves"
msgstr "은행 및 현금 이동"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109
msgid "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111
msgid "POS Sales"
msgstr "POS 판매"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111
msgid "`kpi_pos_total_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_pos_total_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113
msgid "New Employees"
msgstr "신입 사원"

#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113
msgid "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`"
msgstr "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5
msgid "Email Communication"
msgstr "이메일 커뮤니케이션"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3
msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 이메일을 전송하도록 DNS 레코드 설정"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6
msgid "SPAM labels overview"
msgstr "스팸 처리 라벨 보기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8
msgid ""
"Sometimes, emails from Odoo are misclassified by the different email "
"providers and end up in spam folders. At the moment, some settings are out "
"of Odoo's control, notably the way the different email providers classify "
"Odoo's emails according to their own restriction policy and/or limitations."
msgstr ""
"가끔 이메일 제공업체에 따라서 Odoo에서 발송한 이메일이 잘못 분류되어 스팸메일함에 들어가는 경우가 있습니다. 현재로서는 일부 설정 "
"사항, 특히 이메일 제공업체들이 자체적인 제약정책 및/또는 제한내용에 따라 Odoo 이메일을 분류하는 방식 등은 Odoo에서 통제할 수 "
"없는 부분임을 안내드립니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:12
msgid ""
"It is standard in Odoo that emails are received from ``\"name of the "
"author\" <notifications@mycompany.odoo.com>``. In other words this can be "
"translated to: ``\"name of the author\" "
"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``. In this case ICP stands "
"for `ir.config.parameters`, which are the System Parameters. Deliverability "
"is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration "
"<email_servers/notifications>`."
msgstr ""
"``\"작성자 이름\" <notifications@mycompany.odoo.com>``으로 이메일을 받는 것을 Odoo에서는 기준으로 "
"하고 있습니다. 즉, 다르게 표현하면 ``\"작성자 이름\" "
"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``으로 나타낼 수 있겠습니다. 이 경우 ICP는 "
"시스템 매개변수인 `ir.config.parameters`를 나타냅니다. 알림 설정 "
"<email_servers/notifications>` 덕분에 이메일 도달 가능성이 크게 향상되었습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18
msgid ""
"In order for servers to accept emails from Odoo on a more regular basis, one"
" of the solutions is for customers to create rules within their own mailbox."
" A filter can be added to the email inbox so that when email is received "
"from Odoo (`notifications@mycompany.odoo.com`) it is moved to the inbox. It "
"is also possible to add the Odoo database domain onto a safe senders list or"
" whitelist on the receiving domain."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서 발송되는 이메일을 서버에서 정기적으로 수신하기 위한 솔루션 중의 하나로는, 고객이 자신의 메일함 규칙을 생성하는 방법이 "
"있습니다. Odoo (`notifications@mycompany.odoo.com`)에서 수신된 이메일을 받은편지함으로 이동하도록 이메일"
" 받은편지함에 필터를 추가하면 됩니다. 수신한 도메인에 대해서 보낸사람 안심 목록 또는 화이트리스트로 Odoo 데이터베이스 도메인을 "
"추가할 수도 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24
msgid ""
"If an Odoo email server appears on a blacklist, notify Odoo via a `new help "
"ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and the support team will work to get "
"the servers removed from the blacklist."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 이메일 서버가 블랙리스트에 포함되어 있는 경우, `새 지원 요청 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_을 통하여 "
"Odoo로 알려주시면 저희 고객지원팀에서 서버를 해당 블랙리스트에서 삭제할 수 있도록 지원해드리겠습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28
msgid ""
"Should the Odoo database be using a custom domain for sending emails from "
"Odoo there are three records that should be implemented on the custom "
"domain's DNS to ensure deliverability of email. This includes setting "
"records for :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys "
"Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, "
"Reporting, & Conformance)`. Ultimately though, it is up to the discretion of"
" the final receiving mailbox."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서 이메일을 보내기 위해 Odoo 데이터베이스가 사용자 지정 도메인을 사용하는 경우, 이메일 도달 가능성을 보장하기 위해 사용자"
" 지정 도메인의 DNS에 세 개 레코드를 설정해야 합니다. 바로 :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework: 메일 "
"서버 등록)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail:도메인키 식별 메일)` 및 :abbr:`DMARC"
" (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반 메일 "
"인증)` 레코드 세 가지입니다. 그럼에도, 최종적으로 이는 수신하는 메일함 설정에 달려 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38
msgid "Be SPF compliant"
msgstr "SPF 준수"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40
msgid ""
"The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name"
" to specify which servers are allowed to send emails from that domain. When "
"a server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the"
" sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's "
":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record."
msgstr ""
"SPF (Sender Policy Framework: 메일 서버 등록) 프로토콜을 통해서 해당 도메인에 대한 이메일 전송 서버를 도메인 "
"주소 소유자가 지정할 수 있습니다. 서버에 이메일이 수신되면, 발신 서버 IP 주소가 SPF (Sender Policy "
"Framework: 메일 서버 등록) 레코드를 기준으로 허용 IP 목록에 있는 주소인지 확인합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` verification is performed on the "
"domain mentioned in the `Return-Path` field of the email. In the case of an "
"email sent by Odoo, this domain corresponds to the value of the "
"`mail.catchall.domain` key in the database system parameters."
msgstr ""
"이메일의 `반환 경로` 필드에서 해당 도메인에 대한 :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework: 메일 서버 등록)`"
" 항목을 검증합니다. Odoo에서 전송되는 이메일의 경우, 이 도메인은 데이터베이스 시스템 매개변수의 "
"'mail.catchall.domain' 키 값에 해당합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` policy of a domain is set using a "
"TXT record. The way to create or modify a TXT record depends on the provider"
" hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the domain name. In "
"order for the verification to work properly, each domain can only have one "
":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record."
msgstr ""
"도메인의 SPF (Sender Policy Framework: 메일 서버 등록) 정책에서는 TXT 레코드를 사용하고 있습니다. TXT "
"레코드를 생성하거나 수정하는 방법은 도메인 주소의 DNS (Domain Name System: 도메인 주소 시스템)` 호스팅 업체에 따라"
" 각기 다릅니다. 도메인에 SPF (Sender Policy Framework: 메일 서버 등록) 레코드가 하나만 있어야 제대로 검증할 "
"수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55
msgid ""
"If the domain name does not yet have a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`"
" record, create one using the following input: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com"
" ~all`"
msgstr ""
"도메인 주소에 아직 :abbr:'SPF(Sender Policy Framework: 메일 서버 등록)' 레코드가 없는 경우 'v=spf1"
" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all' 를 입력하여 레코드를 생성하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:58
msgid ""
"If the domain name already has a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` "
"record, the record must be updated (and do not create a new one)."
msgstr ""
"도메인 주소에 이미 SPF (Sender Policy Framework: 메일 서버 등록) 레코드가 있는 경우에는 반드시 레코드를 "
"업데이트해야 합니다 (신규 레코드를 생성하지 않습니다)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63
msgid ""
"If the TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, edit it to add "
"`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com "
"include:_spf.google.com ~all`"
msgstr ""
"TXT 레코드로 `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`가 입력되어 있는 경우, 이를 "
"`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com "
"include:_spf.google.com ~all` 로 추가되도록 편집합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66
msgid ""
"Check if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record is valid with a "
"free tool like `MXToolbox SPF <https://mxtoolbox.com/spf.aspx>`_."
msgstr ""
"`MXToolbox SPF <https://mxtoolbox.com/spf.aspx>`_와 같은 무료 도구를 사용하여 abbr:`SPF "
"(Sender Policy Framework: 메일 서버 등록)` 레코드 유효성을 확인합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72
msgid "Enable DKIM"
msgstr "DKIM 활성화"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:74
msgid ""
"The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails "
"with a digital signature."
msgstr ""
"DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 메일)을 사용하면 사용자가 디지털 서명으로 이메일을 인증할 수"
" 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77
msgid ""
"When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique :abbr:`DKIM "
"(DomainKeys Identified Mail)` signature in the headers. The recipient's "
"server decrypts this signature using the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified "
"Mail)` record in the database's domain name. If the signature and the key "
"contained in the record match, this guarantees that the message is authentic"
" and has not been altered during transport."
msgstr ""
"이메일을 전송할 경우, Odoo 서버에서는 헤더에 고유한 DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 "
"메일) 서명을 포함시키게 됩니다. 수신자의 서버에서는 데이터베이스 도메인 주소의 DKIM (DomainKeys Identified "
"Mail:도메인키 식별 메일) 레코드로 이 서명을 해독합니다. 레코드에 포함된 서명과 키가 일치하면 메시지가 인증되어 전송 중에 변경되지"
" 않았음을 보장합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83
msgid ""
"To enable :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`, add a :abbr:`CNAME "
"(Canonical Name)` record to the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the"
" domain name:"
msgstr ""
"DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 메일)'을 활성화하려면 도메인 주소 DNS (Domain "
"Name System: 도메인 주소 시스템)' 영역에 CNAME (Canonical Name:별칭) 레코드를 추가합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86
msgid "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`"
msgstr "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89
msgid ""
"If the domain name is `mycompany.com`, make sure to create a subdomain "
"`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is "
"`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`."
msgstr ""
"도메인 주소가 `mycompany.com`인 경우, 정식 명칭이 `odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`인 하위 도메인 "
"`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com`을 생성해야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92
msgid ""
"The way to create or modify a :abbr:`CNAME (Canonical Name)` record depends "
"on the provider hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the "
"domain name. The most common providers are :ref:`listed below "
"<email_communication/SPFDKIM_common_providers>`."
msgstr ""
"CNAME (Canonical Name: 별칭)` 레코드를 생성하거나 수정하는 방법은 도메인 주소의 DNS (Domain Name "
"System: 도메인 주소 시스템)` 영역을 호스팅하는 공급업체에 따라 다릅니다. 가장 일반적으로 사용하는 공급업체명은 "
"<email_communication/SPFDKIM_common_providers>` 아래에 표시되어 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:96
msgid ""
"Check if the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` record is valid with "
"a free tool like `DKIM Core <https://dkimcore.org/tools/>`_. If a selector "
"is asked, enter `odoo`."
msgstr ""
"`DKIM Core <https://dkimcore.org/tools/>`_와 같은 무료 도구를 사용하여 :abbr:`DKIM "
"(DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 메일)` 레코드가 유효한지 확인하세요. 선택 항목으로는 `odoo`를 "
"입력합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100
msgid "Check the DMARC policy"
msgstr "DMARC 정책 확인"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102
msgid ""
"The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) "
"record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and "
":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`. The instructions contained in the"
" :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & "
"Conformance)` record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do"
" with an incoming email that fails the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`"
" and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check."
msgstr ""
"DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반"
" 메일 인증) 레코드는 abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework:메일 서버 등록)`와 abbr:`DKIM "
"(DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 메일)`을 통합시키는 프로토콜입니다. 도메인 주소의 DMARC "
"(Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반 메일 "
"인증)` 레코드에 포함되어 있는 지침 항목을 통하여 대상 서버에서 수신한 이메일이 SPF (Sender Policy Framework: "
"메일 서버 등록) 또는 :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 메일)` 검증을 통과하지 "
"못했을 경우 수행할 작업을 안내합니다.  "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110
msgid "DMARC: TXT record"
msgstr "DMARC: TXT 레코드"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112
msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`"
msgstr "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114
msgid ""
"There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, "
"Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:"
msgstr ""
"DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반"
" 메일 인증)`에는 다음과 같은 세 가지 방식이 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117
msgid "`p=none`"
msgstr "`p=none`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118
#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171
msgid "`p=quarantine`"
msgstr "`p=quarantine`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119
msgid "`p=reject`"
msgstr "`p=reject`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121
msgid ""
"`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to "
"quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy "
"Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails."
msgstr ""
"`p=quarantine` 및 `p=reject`의 경우에는 이메일 수신 서버에서 :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy "
"Framework: 메일 서버 등록)` 및/또는 :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail: 도메인키 식별 "
"메일)` 단계에서 검증되지 못한 경우 이메일을 스팸 처리하거나 휴지통으로 보냅니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125
msgid ""
"If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, "
"Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain"
" must be :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` compliant or enable "
":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`."
msgstr ""
"도메인 주소가 DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & "
"Conformance: 도메인 기반 메일 인증)`을 사용하고 있으며 해당 방식 중의 하나가 설정되어 있는 경우, 도메인에서는 SPF "
"(Sender Policy Framework: 메일 서버 등록)`을 따르는 한편 DKIM (DomainKeys Identified "
"Mail: 도메인키 식별 메일)`을 사용하고 있어야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130
msgid ""
"Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-"
"based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to "
"`p=reject`. Odoo strongly advises against using an *@yahoo.com* or "
"*@aol.com* address for the database users. These emails will never reach "
"their recipient."
msgstr ""
"예를 들어 Yahoo나 AOL에서는 이메일 제공 서비스에서 DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication,"
" Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반 메일 인증)` 방식으로 `p=reject`를 사용하고 있습니다. "
"Odoo에서는 데이터베이스 사용자들이 *@yahoo.com* 또는 *@aol.com* 주소를 사용하지 않도록 강력히 권해드리고 있습니다."
" 해당 이메일은 받는 사람이 수신할 수가 없습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135
msgid ""
"`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities "
"using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the "
":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & "
"Conformance)` check fails."
msgstr ""
"`p=none`은 도메인 소유자가 자신의 도메인을 사용하는 기업에 대한 보고서를 수신하는 데 사용합니다. DMARC (Domain-"
"based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반 메일 인증)` 검증되지 "
"않는 메일이더라도 도달 가능성에는 미치는 영향이 없어야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139
msgid ""
":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & "
"Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS "
"(Domain Name System)` records. These tags/parameters allow for reporting, "
"such as :abbr:`RUA (Reporting URI of aggregate reports)` and :abbr:`RUF "
"(Reporting URI for forensic reports)`, along with more precise specification"
" like :abbr:`PCT (Percentage of messages subjected to filtering)`, :abbr:`P "
"(Policy for organizational domain)`, :abbr:`SP (Policy for subdomains of the"
" OD)` :abbr:`ADKIM (Alignment mode for DKIM)` & :abbr:`ASPF (Alignment mode "
"for SPF)`. For best practice, the the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message "
"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy should not start out being"
" too restrictive."
msgstr ""
":abbr:`DMARC(Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: "
"도메인 기반 메일 인증)` 레코드는 `DNS (Domain Name System: 도메인 주소 시스템)` 레코드 형식의 태그로 "
"구성됩니다. 이러한 태그/매개변수를 통해 :abbr:`RUA (Reporting URI of aggregate reports: 집계 "
"보고서 보고용 URI)` 및 :abbr:`RUF (Reporting URI for forensic reports: 포렌식 보고서 보고용 "
"URI)`와 같이 보고할 수 있으며, PCT (Percentage of messages subjected to filtering: 필터링"
" 대상 메시지 비율)`이나, :abbr:`P ((Policy for organizational domain: 조직 도메인정책)`, "
":abbr:`SP (Policy for subdomains of the OD: OD 하위 도메인 정책)` :abbr:`ADKIM "
"(Alignment mode for SPF: DKIM에 대한 정렬 모드)` 및 :abbr:`ASPF (Alignment mode for "
"SPF: Alignment mode for SPF)`와 같은 내용이 있습니다. 좀 더 나은 사용을 위해서는, DMARC (Domain-"
"based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance: 도메인 기반 메일 인증)` 정책 "
"사용을 너무 제한적으로 시작해서는 안 될 것입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148
msgid "The following chart displays available tags:"
msgstr "다음 표에는 사용할 수 있는 태그가 표시되어 있습니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154
msgid "Tag Name"
msgstr "태그 이름"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "목적"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156
msgid "Example"
msgstr "예시"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157
msgid "v"
msgstr "v"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158
msgid "Protocol version"
msgstr "프로토콜 버전"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159
msgid "`v=DMARC1`"
msgstr "`v=DMARC1`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160
msgid "pct"
msgstr "pct"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161
msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering"
msgstr "필터링되는 메시지 비율"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162
msgid "`pct=20`"
msgstr "`pct=20`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163
msgid "ruf"
msgstr "ruf"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164
msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports"
msgstr "포렌식 보고서용 보고 URI"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165
msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`"
msgstr "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166
msgid "rua"
msgstr "rua"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167
msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports"
msgstr "집계 보고서용 보고 URI"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168
msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`"
msgstr "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169
msgid "p"
msgstr "p"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170
msgid "Policy for organizational domain"
msgstr "조직 도메인에 대한 정책"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172
msgid "sp"
msgstr "sp"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173
msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD"
msgstr "OD 하위 도메인 관련 정책"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174
msgid "`sp=reject`"
msgstr "`sp=reject`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175
msgid "adkim"
msgstr "adkim"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176
msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM"
msgstr "DKIM 정렬 모드"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177
msgid "`adkim=s`"
msgstr "`adkim=s`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178
msgid "aspf"
msgstr "aspf"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179
msgid "Alignment mode for SPF"
msgstr "SPF 정렬 모드"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180
msgid "`aspf=r`"
msgstr "`aspf=r`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182
msgid ""
"Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & "
"Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC "
"<https://mxtoolbox.com/DMARC.aspx>`_."
msgstr ""
"`MXToolbox DMARC <https://mxtoolbox.com/DMARC.aspx>`__와 같은 도구를 사용하여 도메인 주소에서"
" :abbr:`DMARC(Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance:"
" 도메인기반메일인증)` 레코드를 확인합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186
msgid ""
"`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. "
"<https://dmarc.org/overview/>`_"
msgstr ""
"`DMARC.org 웹사이트에서 DMARC 레코드에 대해 자세히 알아볼 수 있습니다. "
"<https://dmarc.org/overview/>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192
msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers"
msgstr "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194
msgid ""
"`OVH DNS "
"<https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_how_to_edit_my_dns_zone/>`_"
msgstr ""
"`OVH DNS "
"<https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_how_to_edit_my_dns_zone/>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195
msgid ""
"`OVH SPF <https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_the_spf_record/>`_"
msgstr ""
"`OVH SPF <https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_the_spf_record/>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196
msgid ""
"`GoDaddy TXT record <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-txt-record-19232>`_"
msgstr ""
"`GoDaddy TXT record <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-txt-record-19232>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197
msgid "`GoDaddy SPF <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-an-spf-record-19218>`_"
msgstr "`GoDaddy SPF <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-an-spf-record-19218>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198
msgid ""
"`GoDaddy DKIM <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`_"
msgstr ""
"`GoDaddy DKIM <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199
msgid ""
"`NameCheap "
"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/317/2237/how-"
"do-i-add- txtspfdkimdmarc-records-for-my-domain/>`_"
msgstr ""
"`NameCheap "
"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/317/2237/how-"
"do-i-add- txtspfdkimdmarc-records-for-my-domain/>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201
msgid ""
"`CloudFlare DNS <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/360019093151>`_"
msgstr ""
"`CloudFlare DNS <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-"
"us/articles/360019093151>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202
msgid ""
"`Google Domains <https://support.google.com/domains/answer/3290350?hl=en>`_"
msgstr "`구글 도메인 <https://support.google.com/domains/answer/3290350?hl=en>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203
msgid ""
"`Azure DNS <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-getstarted-"
"portal>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Azure DNS <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-getstarted-"
"portal>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205
msgid ""
"To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester <https://www.mail-"
"tester.com/>`_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and "
"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure "
"records for other, lesser-known providers."
msgstr ""
"구성 내용 전체를 테스트하려면 `메일테스터 <https://www.mail-tester.com/>`_ 를 사용해보십시오. 보낸 메일 한 "
"통 만으로 콘텐츠와 구성 항목에 대한 전체 내용을 파악할 수 있습니다. 별로 알려지지 않은 업체를 사용하는 경우에도 메일테스터를 통해 "
"레코드를 구성할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210
msgid ""
"`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers "
"<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`_"
msgstr ""
"`메일테스터를 사용하여 특정 통신사에 대한 SPF 레코드 설정하기 <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:5
msgid "Send and receive emails in Odoo with an email server"
msgstr "이메일 서버를 사용하여 Odoo에서 이메일 보내기 및 받기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:8
msgid "Odoo Online or Odoo.sh users"
msgstr "Odoo 온라인 또는 Odoo.sh 사용자"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:10
msgid ""
"Since **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for the database**, outgoing and "
"incoming emails already work out-of-the-box. So for **Odoo Online** and "
"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be configured!"
msgstr ""
"**Odoo에서는 데이터베이스용 자체 메일 서버를 운영**하고 있기 때문에, 이메일 수발신이 기본으로 설정되어 있습니다. 따라서 "
"**Odoo 온라인** 및 **Odoo.sh** 고객들께서는 따로 관련 내용을 구성하실 필요가 없습니다!"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:14
msgid ""
"Unless an external mail server is required to send large batches of mass "
"emails, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has "
"already been pre-configured to send email."
msgstr ""
"외부 메일 서버로 이메일 대량 발송을 하지 않는 한, 일반 이메일 발송용으로 이미 사전 구성이 완료되어 있으므로 표준 온라인 Odoo "
"데이터베이스를 사용하시기만 하면 됩니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:18
msgid ""
"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The "
"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an "
"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain "
"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ <faq>` or contact support for more "
"information."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 서버는 악용을 막기 위한 목적으로 이메일에 일일 발송 한도를 적용하고 있습니다. 기본 제한 용량은 **엔터프라이즈** 구독 중인"
" 데이터베이스의 경우 하루에 200개의 이메일을 전송할 수 있습니다. 특정한 상황의 경우에는 기본 사용 제한 용량을 늘리실 수 있습니다."
" 자세한 내용은  :doc:`FAQ <faq>`를 참조하시거나 고객지원팀으로 문의하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24
msgid "Scope of this documentation"
msgstr "본 문서에서 다루고 있는 범위"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:26
msgid ""
"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise databases** who don't"
" benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo,"
" unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo. com/trial>`_ and `Odoo.sh "
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`_. Incoming and outgoing servers must be configured "
"for on-premise databases."
msgstr ""
"이 문서는, `Odoo 온라인 <https://www.odoo. com/trial>`_ 및 `Odoo.sh "
"<https://www.odoo.sh>`_ 과는 달리 Odoo에서 이메일을 통해서 솔루션을 즉시 확인할 수 없는 **Odoo 온프레미스 "
"데이터베이스 전용**  문서입니다.  온프레미스 데이터베이스에 대해서 반드시 수발신 서버를 구성해야 합니다.. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:31
msgid ""
"The following sections below contain information on how to integrate an "
"external email server with Odoo."
msgstr "아래의 섹션에서 외부 이메일 서버를 Odoo에 통합시키는 방법을 확인하실 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:35
msgid ""
"If no one in the company is employed to manage email servers, Odoo Online "
"and Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. In these Odoo hosting types email "
"sending and receiving works instantly and is monitored by professionals. "
"Nevertheless, a company can use their own email server if they want to "
"manage the email server's reputation themselves. For more information see "
":doc:`Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo <email_domain>`"
msgstr ""
"회사에서 이메일 서버를 관리하는 직원이 없는 경우, Odoo 온라인 및 Odoo.sh 를 사용하시는 것을 적극 권해드립니다. Odoo에서"
" 호스팅하는 경우 이메일 수발신 기능이 즉시 작동할 뿐 아니라 관련 전문가들이 모니터링하게 됩니다. 그럼에도 불구하고 회사에서 이메일 "
"서버를 직접 관리하고자 하는 경우 자체 이메일 서버를 사용할 수 있습니다. 자세한 내용은 :doc:` Odoo에서 이메일을 발송하기 위한"
" DNS 레코드 구성 <email_domain>` 문서를 확인하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:44
msgid "Default notifications system"
msgstr "기본 알림 시스템"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:46
msgid ""
"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, "
"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 문서 (CRM 영업기회, 판매주문서나 청구서 등)에는 관련 업무에 대해 논의한 내용을 담은 스레드인 *채터* 창이 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:49
msgid ""
"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by"
" email to the followers of the document as a notification (except to the "
"sender). If a follower replies to the message, the reply updates the "
"chatter, and Odoo relays another reply to the followers as a notification. "
"Messages sent back to the chatter from users or external users will appear "
"in the chatter from their respective email, or as the name listed in their "
"*Contacts* record."
msgstr ""
"데이터베이스를 사용하는 사용자가 대화창에 메시지를 남길 경우, 이 메시지는 알림으로 해당 문서의 팔로워들에게 이메일을 통해 전송됩니다 "
"(발신자 제외). 팔로워가 메시지에 답신하게 되면 답신 내용이 대화창에 표시되며, Odoo에서는 알림 이메일을 팔로워들에게 추가로 "
"전송하게 됩니다. 내외부 사용자들이 보내온 메시지는 해당 이메일의 대화창에 표시되거나 *연락처* 레코드에 저장되어 있는 이름으로 "
"표시됩니다.  "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:55
msgid ""
"These notifications are sent using a default from address. For more "
"information see :ref:`Use a default email address "
"<email_communication/default>`."
msgstr ""
"주소 정보를 기본 설정으로 하여 이러한 알림을 전송합니다. 자세한 내용은 :ref:`기본 이메일 주소 "
"<email_communication/default>` 항목을 참고하시기 바랍니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:59
msgid "Manage outbound messages"
msgstr "외부 발송 메시지 관리"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:61
msgid ""
"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> "
"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` option. "
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`. Next, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers`"
" and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new outgoing mail server record in"
" Odoo. Reference the SMTP data of the external email server. Once all the "
"information has been filled out, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`."
msgstr ""
"시스템관리자로 Odoo 에서 :menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정 --> 메일 및 채팅` 메뉴로 이동합니다. "
":guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다. :guilabel:`이메일 발신 서버`를 클릭 후 :guilabel:`생성` 메뉴를 이용하여 "
"Odoo에서 새로운 메일 발신 서버를 생성합니다. 외부 이메일 서버의 SMTP 데이터를 참조 작성하십시오. 입력이 완료되면 "
":guilabel:`테스트 접속`을 클릭하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:72
msgid ""
"Ensuring the outgoing domain has :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, "
":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based "
"Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` set up on the :abbr:`DNS "
"(Domain Name System)` will improve deliverability. For more information see "
":doc:`email_domain`."
msgstr ""
"실행면에서 더 나은 품질을 위해 발신 도메인의 :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`에 :abbr:`SPF "
"(Sender Policy Framework)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` 및 "
":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & "
"Conformance)`이 설정되어 있는지 확인하십시오. 자세한 내용은 :doc:`email_domain`을 참조하시기 바랍니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:80
msgid "Port restriction"
msgstr "포트 제한"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:82
msgid ""
"Note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the Odoo Online and "
"Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 온라인 및 Odoo.sh 플랫폼에서는 보안상의 이유로 포트 25가 차단되어 있습니다. 포트 465, 587 또는 2525를 대신"
" 사용하시기를 권합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:88
msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address"
msgstr "\"보낸 사람\"에 기본 이메일 주소 사용하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:90
msgid ""
"Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different "
"domain, and that can be a problem."
msgstr "\"보낸 사람\" (외부 발신)의 이메일 주소가 도메인 주소와 다른 경우가 있는데, 때에 따라서 문제가 될 수 있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:93
msgid ""
"For example, if a customer with the email address "
"`mary\\@customer.example.com` responds to a message, Odoo will try to "
"redistribute that same email to the other subscribers in the thread. "
"However, if the domain `customer.example.com` forbids that kind of usage for"
" security, the email that Odoo is trying to redistribute would get rejected "
"by some recipients' email servers."
msgstr ""
"예를 들어, 이메일 주소가 `mary\\@customer.example.com` 인 고객이 메시지에 답신해온 경우에 Odoo에서는 "
"스레드에 있는 다른 구독자들에게 동일한 이메일을 재전송하게 됩니다. 그러나, `customer.example.com` 도메인에서 해당 "
"작업을 보안상의 이유로 금지하는 경우 Odoo에서 재전송하려는 이메일은 일부 수신자들의 이메일 서버에서 수신이 거부됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:98
msgid ""
"To avoid that problem, Odoo sends all emails using a \"From\" address from "
"the same authorized domain."
msgstr ""
"이러한 문제를 방지하기 위해, Odoo에서는 이메일 전송 시 인증받은 동일 도메인에서 \"보낸사람\" 주소를 사용하도록 하고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:101
msgid ""
"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode "
"<developer-mode>` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu."
msgstr ""
":ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>를 활성화하여 :guilabel:`시스템 설정` 메뉴로 들어가서 "
":menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 -->  --> 시스템 매개변수` 메뉴를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:104
msgid ""
"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the "
"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:"
msgstr "이메일을 전송할 이메일 주소를 강제 지정하려면, 데이터베이스의 시스템 매개변수에 다음의 키 조합을 설정해야 합니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:107
msgid ""
"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as "
"value"
msgstr "`mail.default.from`: 로컬 부분 또는 이메일 주소 전체를 값으로 허용합니다"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:108
msgid ""
"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as"
" value"
msgstr "`mail.default.from_filter`: 도메인 주소나 이메일 주소 전체를 값으로 허용합니다"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:111
msgid ""
"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations or "
"the default Odoo email server, otherwise this parameter can be set using the"
" `from_filter` field on `ir.mail_server`."
msgstr ""
"`mail.default.from_filter` 은 `odoo-bin` 을 구성하거나 기본 Odoo 이메일 서버를 사용하는 경우에만 "
"작동하며, 다른 경우 `ir.mail_server`의  `from_filter` 필드를 사용하여 해당 매개변수를 설정할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:114
msgid ""
"The field can be a domain name or an entire email address, or it can remain "
"empty. If the sender's email address does not match this set filter, then "
"the email will be encapsulated using a combination of the two system "
"parameters: `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`."
msgstr ""
"도메인 주소나 이메일 주소 전체를 필드에 사용할 수 있으며, 공란으로 둘 수도 있습니다. 이메일 발신 주소가 설정된 해당 필터와 일치하지"
" 않는 경우 이메일은 `mail.default.from` 및 `mail.catchall.domain` 두 가지 시스템 매개변수 조합을 "
"이용하여 저장됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:119
msgid ""
"In the following example, the from email address is replaced with the "
"combination of the the two system parameters (`mail.default.from` and "
"`mail.catchall.domain`). This is the default\\ notifications configuration "
"in Odoo: ``“Admin” <admin@example.com>`` => ``“Admin” "
"<notifications@mycompany.com>``."
msgstr ""
"다음 예시와 같이, 보낸사람의 이메일 주소는 두 개의 시스템 매개변수 (`mail.default.from` 및 "
"`mail.catchall.domain`)를 조합하여 변경됩니다. 다음은 Odoo에서의 기본 알림 구성입니다. ``“어드민” "
"<admin@example.com>`` => ``“어드민” <notifications@mycompany.com>``."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:124
msgid ""
"In other words if the email address of the author does not match "
"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by "
"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination "
"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`."
msgstr ""
"즉 이메일 발신자 주소가 `mail.default.from_filter`와 일치하지 않는 경우, 해당 주소를 "
"`mail.default.from` (전체 이메일 주소를 포함하는 경우) 또는  `mail.default.from` 및 "
"`mail.catchall.domain`를 조합하여 변경시킵니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:128
msgid ""
"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the "
"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email "
"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated "
"in `mail.default.from`."
msgstr ""
"`from_filter`에 전체 이메일 주소가 포함되어 있고 `mail.default.from`이 해당 주소와 동일한 경우에는, "
"`mail.default.from`와 일치하지 않는 이메일은 모두 `mail.default.from`에 저장됩니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:135
msgid "Utilizing the \"From\" filter on an outgoing email server"
msgstr "이메일 발신 서버에 \"보낸 사람\" 필터 활용하기 "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:137
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field allows for the use of a specific "
"outgoing email server depending on the :guilabel:`From` email address or "
"domain that Odoo is sending on behalf of. This setting can be used to "
"improve the deliverability or sending success rate of emails sent from the "
"database. Setting the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field can also be used to "
"send from different domains in a multi-company environment. Access this "
"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> "
"Custom Mail Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`보낸사람 필터` 필드를 사용하면 Odoo를 통해서 전송하는 :guilabel:`보낸사람` 이메일 주소나 도메인에 따라"
" 특정 발송용 이메일 서버를 사용하도록 할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 설정함으로써 데이터베이스에서 보내는 이메일의 전달 가능성과 전송 성공률을"
" 높일 수 있습니다.  :guilabel:`보낸사람 필터` 필터를 설정하면 여러 개의 회사가 운영되는 환경에서 다른 도메인으로 전송하는 "
"경우에도 사용할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`설정 --> 메일 및 채팅 --> 사용자 지정 메일 서버 --> 메일 발신 "
"서버 --> 새로 만들기`로 이동하여 Odoo에서 해당 필드를 확인할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1
msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings."
msgstr "이메일 발신 서버 및 FROM 필터 설정."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:148
msgid ""
"When an email is sent from Odoo while the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field "
"is set, an email server is chosen in the following sequence:"
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`보낸사람 필터` 필드가 설정된 상태에서 Odoo에서 이메일을 보낼 경우, 다음과 같은 순서로 이메일 서버가 "
"선택됩니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:151
msgid ""
"First, Odoo searches for an email server that has the same :guilabel:`FROM "
"Filtering` value as the :guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in "
"the outgoing email. For example, if the :guilabel:`From` value (email "
"address) is `test\\@example.com`, only the email servers that have the "
":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to `test\\@example.com` are returned."
msgstr ""
"먼저, Odoo에서는 발신 이메일의 :guilabel:`보낸사람` 값 (이메일 주소)과 동일한 :guilabel:`보낸사람 필터` 값이 "
"존재하는지 이메일 서버에서 검색합니다. 예를 들어, :guilabel:`보낸사람` 값 (이메일 주소)이 "
"`test\\@example.com`인 경우, :guilabel:`보낸사람 필터` 값이 `test\\@example.com` 인 이메일 "
"서버만이 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:155
msgid ""
"However, if no email servers are found that use the :guilabel:`From` value, "
"then Odoo searches for an email server that has the same *domain* as the "
":guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in the outgoing email. For "
"example, if the :guilabel:`From` email address is `test\\@example.com`, only"
" the email servers that have the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to "
"`example.com` are returned."
msgstr ""
"그러나 :guilabel:`보낸사람` 값을 사용하는 이메일 서버가 검색되지 않는 경우에는 Odoo에서는 발신 이메일에서 사용된 "
":guilabel:`보낸사람` 값 (이메일 주소)과 *도메인*이 동일한 이메일 서버를 검색하게 됩니다. 예를 들어, "
":guilabel:`보낸사람` 이메일 주소가 `test\\@example.com`인 경우, :guilabel:`보낸사람 필터` 값이 "
"`example.com`인 경우에만 해당 이메일 서버가 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:161
msgid ""
"If no email servers are found after checking for the domain, then Odoo "
"returns all email servers that do not have any :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` "
"value(s) set."
msgstr ""
"도메인 확인 후에도 이메일 서버가 검색되지 않는 경우에, Odoo에서는 :guilabel:`보낸사람 필터` 값이 설정되어 있지 않은 "
"이메일 서버 전체를 표시합니다.  "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:164
msgid ""
"Should this query return no results, then Odoo performs a search for an "
"email server using the system parameter: `mail.default.from`. First, the "
"email address listed attempts to match an email server, and then the domain "
"attempts to find a match. If no email server is found, Odoo returns the "
"first outgoing email server (sorted by priority)."
msgstr ""
"이 쿼리의 반환값이 없는 경우, Odoo에서는 시스템 매개변수인  `mail.default.from` 를 사용하여 이메일 서버를 "
"검색합니다. 먼저 이메일 주소 목록에서 일치하는 이메일 서버를 확인한 후, 일치하는 도메인 정보를 검색합니다. 이메일 서버가 검색되지 "
"않는 경우에 Odoo에서는 순서상 가장 첫번째인 이메일 발신 서버를 표시합니다 (우선순위에 따라 정렬)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:170
msgid ""
"If several email servers are found, then Odoo uses the first one according "
"to its priority. For example, if there are two email servers, one with a "
"priority of `10` and the other with a priority of `20`, then the email "
"server with a priority of `10` is used first."
msgstr ""
"검색된 이메일 서버가 여러 개인 경우에, Odoo에서는 가장 우선순위가 높은 서버를 사용합니다. 예를 들어, 우선순위가 `10`인 이메일"
" 서버와 `20`인 서버 두 개가 있는 경우에, 우선순위 `10`인 이메일 서버를 먼저 사용합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:177
msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass emails"
msgstr "업무 이메일과 대량 발송 이메일을 각각의 전용 서버로 설정하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:179
msgid ""
"In Odoo a separate email server can be used for transactional emails and "
"mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue for transactional emails,"
" and Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid or :doc:`Mailjet "
"</administration/maintain/mailjet_api>` for mass mailings."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서 업무용 이메일과 대량 발송 메일을 구분하여 별도의 이메일 서버를 사용할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 업무 이메일에는 "
"Postmark나 SendinBlue를 사용하고, 대량 발송 메일용으로는 Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid나 "
":doc:`Mailjet </administration/maintain/mailjet_api>` 를 사용하도록 할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:184
msgid ""
"A default outgoing email server is already configured. Do not create an "
"alternative one unless a specific external outgoing email server is needed "
"for technical reasons."
msgstr ""
"발신 이메일 서버는 이미 기본으로 구성되어 있습니다. 기술적인 문제로 인해 외부의 특정 이메일 발신 서버가 필요한 경우를 제외하고 대체 "
"서버를 생성하지 마십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:187
msgid ""
"To do this, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and "
"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` email "
"servers. There, create two outgoing email server settings; one for the "
"transactional emails and one for the mass mailing server. Make sure to give "
"priority to the transactional server over the mass mailing server by "
"providing a lower priority number for the transactional email server."
msgstr ""
"이렇게 하려면, 먼저  :ref:`개발자 모드<developer-mode>`를 활성화한 후 :menuselection:`설정 --> 기술"
" --> 발신` 메일 서버 메뉴로 이동합니다. 해당 메뉴에서 발신용 이메일 서버에 대해서 두 가지 설정 항목을 생성합니다. 하나는 업무 "
"이메일용으로, 다른 하나는 대량 발송용 서버입니다. 업무용 이메일 서버에 작은 숫자를 우선순위 번호로 부여하여 대량 메일 서버보다 업무용"
" 서버가 우선적으로 사용할 수 있도록 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:193
msgid ""
"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable "
":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. Choose the appropriate email server. With "
"these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for "
"transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that"
" in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records must be "
"set to include both transactional and mass mail servers."
msgstr ""
"이제 `이메일 마케팅 --> 설정`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`전용 서버`를 활성화시킵니다. 알맞은 이메일 서버를 선택하십시오. "
"해당 설정을 통하여 Odoo 에서 우선순위 번호가 낮은 서버는 업무용 이메일에 사용하고, 여기에서 선택한 서버는 대량 메일 발송용으로 "
"사용하게 됩니다. 이 경우 업무용 및 대량 발송 메일 서버가 모두 포함될 수 있도록 도메인의 SPF (Sender Policy "
"Framework) 레코드가 설정되어야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:200
msgid ":doc:`email_domain`"
msgstr ":doc:`email_domain`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:205
msgid "Manage inbound messages"
msgstr "수신 메시지 관리"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207
msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages."
msgstr "Odoo에서는 일반 이메일의 계정 별칭을 사용하여 수신 메시지를 가져옵니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:209
msgid ""
"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original "
"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the alias of "
"the model if there is any or by the catchall alias (**catchall@**). Replies "
"to messages of models that don't have a custom alias will use the catchall "
"alias (`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`). The catchall address, however, does "
"not have another action attached to it like other aliases might, it is only "
"used to collect replies."
msgstr ""
"**응답 메시지**는 Odoo에서 보낸 메시지의 경우 전체 별칭(**catchall@**)이나 다른 별칭을 사용하는 모델의 경우 해당 "
"모델 별칭을 통해 원래 논의가 계속되던 스레드 (및 팔로워 전체의 받은편지함)로 라우팅됩니다 . 사용자가 지정해놓은 계정 별칭이 없는 "
"모델의 경우에는 전체 계정 별칭(`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`)을 사용하여 회신하게 됩니다. 그러나 다른 계정 "
"별칭과는 달리 전체 주소를 사용할 경우에는 다른 내용을 첨부할 수 없으며 응답 수집 목적으로만 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:214
msgid ""
"**Bounced messages** are used as a Return-Path. One example this is "
"especially useful for is in `Odoo Email Marketing "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__. In this case bounces are "
"opt-out based on if the email bounced too many times (5) in the last month "
"and the bounces are separated by one week. This is done to avoid "
"blacklisting someone because of a mail server error. If these circumstances "
"are met then the email is considered invalid and is blacklisted. A log note "
"is added on the contact under :guilabel:`Blacklisted Email Addresses` on the"
" :guilabel:`Email Marketing Configuration Menu`."
msgstr ""
"**반송된 메시지**는 반환 경로로 사용됩니다. 이는 특히 `Odoo 이메일 마케팅 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__에서 유용하게 사용하고 있습니다. 이 경우 지난 달에 "
"이메일이 너무 많이 반송 (5회)되었는지와 일주일 간격으로 반송되었는지 여부에 따라 반송 메일을 선택 해제합니다. 이렇게 하는 이유는 "
"메일 서버 오류로 인해 블랙리스트에 잘 못 올리는 것을 방지하기 위한 목적입니다. 조건을 충족하지 못하는 경우에는 유효하지 않은 이메일로"
" 간주하여 블랙리스트에 추가합니다. guilabel:`이메일 마케팅 설정 메뉴`의 guilabel:`블랙리스트 이메일 주소` 아래 있는 "
"연락처에 로그 메모가 추가됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:222
msgid ""
"Messages that bounce in the chatter (outside of Email Marketing) will "
"populate a red envelope indicating the failed delivery. This can be helpful "
"to know that a Sales Order or an Invoice did not reach its final "
"destination."
msgstr ""
"채팅창 (이메일 마케팅 외부)에서 반송되는 메시지는 전송 실패를 나타내는 빨간색 봉투로 표시됩니다. 이를 통해 판매주문서나 청구서가 "
"최종적으로 전달되지 않았다는 것을 확인할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:225
msgid ""
"**Original messages**: several business objects have their own alias to "
"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:"
msgstr ""
"**원본 메시지**: 다양한 비즈니스 목적으로 수신 메일에 고유한 별칭을 붙여서 Odoo에서 새로운 레코드를 만들고 있습니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:228
msgid ""
"Sales channel (to create *Leads* or *Opportunities* in `Odoo CRM "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`_)"
msgstr ""
"판매 채널 (`Odoo CRM <https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`_ 에서 *영업제안*이나 *영업기회* 발굴)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:230
msgid ""
"Support channel (to create *Tickets* in `Odoo Helpdesk "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`_)"
msgstr "지원 채널 (`Odoo 헬프데스크 <https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`_ 에서 *고객 상담*)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231
msgid ""
"Projects (to create new *Tasks* in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page "
"/project-management>`_)"
msgstr ""
"프로젝트 (`Odoo 프로젝트 <https://www.odoo.com/page /project-management>`_에서 새로운 "
"*작업* 생성)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:233
msgid ""
"Job positions (to create *Applicants* in `Odoo Recruitment "
"<https://www.odoo.com/page /recruitment>`_)"
msgstr "채용 (`Odoo 채용 <https://www.odoo.com/page /recruitment>`_에서 *지원자* 생성)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:236
msgid ""
"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch "
"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email "
"address per Odoo alias in the mail server."
msgstr ""
"메일 서버에 따라서 이메일을 가져오는데 여러 가지 방법이 있습니다. 가장 쉬우면서도 권장할만한 방법은 메일 서버에서 각 Odoo 별칭당 "
"하나로 이메일 주소를 관리하는 것입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:239
msgid ""
"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (**catchall@**, "
"**bounce@**, **sales@**, etc.)."
msgstr "메일 서버에서 해당 이메일 주소를 생성합니다 (**catchall@**, **bounce@**, **sales@** 등)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:241
msgid ""
"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> "
"General Settings --> Discuss`. Changing the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` will "
"change the catchall's domain for the database."
msgstr ""
":menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정 --> 메일및채팅`에서 :guilabel:`도메인 별칭` 명을 설정하십시오. "
":guilabel:`도메인 별칭`을 변경하면 데이터베이스의 catchall 도메인이 변경됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:244
msgid ""
"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an "
":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. To create a new "
"incoming server go to: :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> Custom Mail "
"Servers --> Incoming Mail Servers --> New` Fill out the form according to "
"the email provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on "
"Incoming Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, "
"click on :guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 온프레미스에서 데이터베이스를 호스팅하는 경우에는 각 별칭에 대해 Odoo에서 :guilabel:`수신 메일 서버`가 생성됩니다."
" 새로운 수신 서버를 만들려면 다음으로 이동합니다. :menuselection:`설정 --> 메일및채팅 --> 사용자 지정 메일 서버 "
"--> 수신 메일 서버 --> 새로 만들기` 이메일 공급업체 설정에 따라 양식을 작성합니다. :guilabel:`수신 메일에 수행할 "
"작업` 필드는 비워 둡니다. 모든 정보를 입력한 후에는 :guilabel:`테스트 및 확인`을 클릭하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0
msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo."
msgstr "Odoo에서 수신 메일 서버 설정."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:254
msgid ""
"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting or "
"forwarding incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external "
"email server is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received "
"without delay. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's "
"domain name in the email server (e.g. `catchall\\@mydomain.ext` to "
"`catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com`)."
msgstr ""
"Odoo Online 또는 Odoo.sh에서 데이터베이스를 호스팅하는 경우에는  외부 이메일 서버 대신 Odoo의 도메인 이름으로 수신 "
"메시지를 리디렉션하거나 전송하는 것이 좋습니다. 이렇게 하면 메시지가 들어오는 경우 즉시 수신할 수 있습니다. 이메일 서버에서 Odoo의"
" 도메인 이름으로 전체 이메일 주소를 리디렉션하도록 설정해야 합니다 (예: `catchall\\@mydomain.ext`에서 "
"`catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com`으로 설정)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:260
msgid ""
"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from "
"their respective configuration view by navigating to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu --> Email --> Aliases`."
msgstr ""
"어떤 별칭이든 Odoo에서 편집할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 메뉴 --> 이메일 --> 별칭`으로 "
"이동하여 각각의 구성 화면에서 편집하시면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:264
msgid ""
"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode"
" <developer-mode>`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases "
"(`mail.catchall.alias` & `mail.bounce.alias`). These types of changes should"
" be completed prior to the database going live. If a customer replies after "
"a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias and the "
"reply won't be received."
msgstr ""
"캐치올 및 바운스 별칭을 편집하려면 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>`를 활성화하십시오. "
":menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 --> 매개변수 --> 시스템 매개변수`로 이동하여 별칭 "
"(`mail.catchall.alias` 및 `mail.bounce.alias`)을 편집합니다. 데이터베이스를 라이브로 설정하기 전에 "
"유형을 변경시켜두어야 합니다. 변경 후에는 시스템에서 이전 별칭을 인식하지 못하는 관계로, 변경 이후 고객으로부터 회신을 받는 경우에는 "
"이를 수신할 수 없게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:270
msgid ""
"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes for on-premise "
"databases."
msgstr "기본적으로 온프레미스 데이터베이스에서는 5분마다 수신 메시지를 가져옵니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:273
msgid ""
"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`"
" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`."
msgstr ""
"이 값은  :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>` 에서 변경할 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`설정 --> "
"기술 --> 자동화 --> 예약된 작업`으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`Mail: 메일 가져오기 서비스`를 확인해보십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278
msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops"
msgstr "피드백 순환 참조 오류를 방지하기 위한 시스템 매개변수"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:280
msgid ""
"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring"
" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases "
"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall"
" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System"
" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서는 이메일 순환 참조 오류를 막기 위해서 두 가지 시스템 매개변수가 사용합니다. 이 매개변수는 레코드를 생성할 때 별칭이 너무"
" 많아지는 것을 방지하고 캐치올 회신 이메일 주소에 대한 피드백 순환 참조 오류를 방지하기 위해 Odoo 16에 도입되었습니다. 해당 "
"내용은 데이터베이스에는 있지만 *시스템 매개변수*에는 존재하지 않습니다. 다음 기본값을 다시 재지정하려면 매개변수를 추가해야 합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285
msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:"
msgstr "다음과 같은 두 가지의 시스템 매개변수를 사용합니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:287
msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)"
msgstr "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (기본값 60분)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288
msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)"
msgstr "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (기본값 5)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:290
msgid ""
"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-"
"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu "
"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters,"
" as needed."
msgstr ""
"먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>`를 활성화한 다음 :menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 메뉴 --> "
"매개변수 --> 시스템 매개변수`로 이동하여 Odoo에서 해당 필드를 추가합니다. 매개변수의 값을 필요에 따라서 변경합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:294
msgid ""
"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address"
" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of "
"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the "
"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the "
"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the "
"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of "
"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 데이터베이스에 수신된 이메일이 캐치올 이메일 주소 또는 별칭 이메일로 수신된 경우에는 Odoo는 시스템 매개변수 "
"`mail.incoming.limit.period`에 정의된 지정 기간 동안의 수신 메일을 확인합니다. 수신된 이메일이 별칭으로 전송된 "
"경우 Odoo에서는 `mail.incoming.limit.alias` 시스템 매개변수를 참조하여 이 별칭이 주어진 기간 동안 생성할 수 "
"있는 레코드 수 (`mail.incoming.limit.period` 값)로 값을 결정합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:300
msgid ""
"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will"
" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time"
" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: "
"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the "
"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the "
"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a "
"duplicate email is detected."
msgstr ""
"또한, 캐치올 이메일 주소에 메일을 수신할 경우, Odoo는 설정된 기간 동안 데이터베이스에 수신된 이메일을 참조합니다 (시스템 매개변수"
" `mail.incoming.limit.period`의 값에 명표시되어 있음). 그런 다음 Odoo는 수신된 이메일 중 지정된 기간 "
"동안의 수신 이메일과 일치하는 이메일이 있는지 확인하고 중복 이메일이 감지되면 피드백 참조 오류가 발생하지 않도록 합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3
msgid "Email templates"
msgstr "이메일 양식"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5
msgid ""
"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails "
"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without "
"having to compose the same text repeatedly."
msgstr ""
"이메일 서식은 데이터베이스에서 이메일 저장 항목으로, 이메일을 보낼 때 반복적으로 사용할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 사용자는 동일한 "
"텍스트를 반복해서 작성할 필요 없이 질에 집중하여 커뮤니케이션할 수 있게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8
msgid ""
"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets "
"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the "
"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer."
msgstr ""
"특정한 상황에 맞추어 다양한 서식을 생성해 놓으면 적절한 대상에게 보낼 적합한 메시지를 선택할 수 있습니다. 이를 통해 메시지의 품질과 "
"고객과의 전반적인 참여율을 높일 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13
msgid ""
"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in "
"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to "
"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User "
"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the "
"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting and "
"graphics will appear in the final form of it."
msgstr ""
"Odoo의 이메일 서식에서는 최종 렌더링에서 이메일을 편집할 수 있는 QWeb 또는 XML을 사용하므로 코드를 전혀 편집하지 않고도 더욱"
" 강력한 커스터마이징 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 다시 말해, Odoo는 백엔드 코드를 편집하는 그래픽 사용자 인터페이스 (GUI)를 "
"사용하여 이메일을 편집할 수 있습니다. 최종 사용자의 프로그램에서 수신 이메일을 확인할 때 다양한 서식과 그래픽이 최종 형태로 "
"나타납니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19
msgid ""
"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> "
"Email Templates`."
msgstr ""
":ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>`의 :menuselection:`앱 설정 --> 기술 메뉴 --> 이메일 --> "
"이메일 서식`으로 이동하여 이메일 서식을 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23
msgid "Editing email templates"
msgstr "이메일 서식 편집하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25
msgid ""
"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This "
"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an "
"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment "
"options, or images."
msgstr ""
"이메일 서식으로 작업할 때 *파워박스* 기능을 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 기능을 통해 이메일 서식에서 양식이나 텍스트를 직접 편집할 수 "
"있을 뿐만 아니라 링크, 버튼, 약속 옵션이나 이미지를 추가할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29
msgid ""
"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited "
"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing "
"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template."
msgstr ""
"또한 이메일 서식에 있는 XML/HTML 코드는 :guilabel:`</>` 아이콘을 이용하여 직접 편집할 수 있습니다. 이메일 서식에서"
" 동적 자리표시자 (Odoo 안에서의 참조 필드)도 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34
msgid "Powerbox"
msgstr "파워박스"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36
msgid ""
"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, "
"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an"
" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash"
" `/` in the body of the email template."
msgstr ""
"*파워박스* 는 텍스트 편집기를 한층 강화한 기능으로, 다양한 서식, 레이아웃, 텍스트 옵션을 갖추고 있습니다. 이메일 서식에 "
"XML/HTML 기능을 추가하는 데도 사용할 수 있습니다. 이메일 서식 본문에 슬래시 `/`를 입력하면 파워박스 기능이 활성화됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40
msgid ""
"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-"
"down menu appears with the following options:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43
msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`구조`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45
msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46
msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48
msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49
msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50
msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52
msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53
msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54
msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56
msgid ":guilabel:`Format`"
msgstr ":guilabel:`형식`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60
msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61
msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62
msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64
msgid ":guilabel:`Media`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66
msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67
msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69
msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71
msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72
msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73
msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74
msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76
msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78
msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79
msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81
msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83
msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85
msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87
msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90
msgid ""
"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox "
"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. "
":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the "
"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the "
"desired option from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""
"해당 옵션 중에서 선택하려면 파워박스 드롭다운 메뉴에서 기능을 클릭합니다. 텍스트 관련 옵션 (예: :guilabel:`제목 1`, "
":guilabel:`방향 전환` 등)으로 기존 텍스트 서식을 지정하려면 텍스트를 강조 표시한 다음 활성화 키 (정방향 슬래시 표시) "
"`/`를 입력하고 드롭다운 메뉴에서 원하는 옵션을 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0
msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100
msgid ""
":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103
msgid "XML/HTML code editor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105
msgid ""
"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter "
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon"
" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the "
"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` "
"icon again."
msgstr ""
"이메일 서식 XML/HTML 편집기를 사용하려면 먼저 :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>`로 진행합니다. 그런 다음 "
"서식의 우측 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`</>` 아이콘을 클릭하고 XML/HTML를 편집합니다. 표준 텍스트 편집기로 돌아가려면 "
":guilabel:`</>` 아이콘을 다시 클릭하세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1
msgid "HTML editor in the email template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115
msgid ""
"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend "
"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break"
" immediately or when upgrading the database."
msgstr ""
"XML/HTML 편집기는 서식의 백엔드 코드이기 때문에 신중하게 사용해야만 합니다. 코드를 편집할 경우, 이메일 서식이 즉시 또는 "
"데이터베이스를 업그레이드할 때 손상될 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122
msgid "Dynamic placeholders"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124
msgid ""
"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to "
"produce unique data in the email template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128
msgid ""
"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of "
"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by "
"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For "
"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the "
":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic"
" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`."
msgstr ""
"많은 회사에서 고객의 관심을 끌기 위해 고객 정보를 개인화하여 이메일을 맞춤 설정하는 방식을 선호합니다. 이는 Odoo에서 동적인 "
"자리표지자를 삽입하여 모델 내의 필드를 참조하여 작업할 수 있습니다. 예를 들어, 이메일에서 고객 이름을 :guilabel:`판매 주문`"
" 모델의 :guilabel:`고객` 필드에서 참조할 수 있습니다. 이 필드의 동적 자리표지자는 `{{ object.partner_id "
"}}`입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134
msgid ""
"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database."
" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` "
"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in "
"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the "
":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`."
msgstr ""
"데이터베이스 내의 필드를 표시하도록 동적 자리표시자를 인코딩합니다. 동적 자리표시자는 이메일 템플릿의 :guilabel:`본문` "
"(:guilabel:`내용` 탭)에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 또한 동적 자리 표시자를 :guilabel:`이메일 설정` 탭, 이메일의 "
":guilabel:`제목` 및 :guilabel:`언어`에 있는 필드에도 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139
msgid ""
"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the"
" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template "
"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list,"
" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic "
"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available "
"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired "
"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in "
"configuration."
msgstr ""
"이메일 :guilabel:`본문`에 동적 자리 표시자를 사용하려면 :guilabel:`콘텐츠` 탭 아래에 있는 이메일 본문 서식에 "
"`/`를 입력하여 **파워박스** 기능을 엽니다. 옵션 목록에서 가장 아래로 스크롤을 이동하여 :guilabel:`마케팅 도구`를 "
"선택합니다. 다음으로, :guilabel:`동적 자리표시자`를 선택합니다. 그런 다음, 사용 가능한 옵션 목록에서 동적 자리표시자를 "
"선택하고 메시지에 따라 원하는 해당 Odoo 필드를 설정하세요. 동적 자리표시자마다 설정이 각각 다릅니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1
msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151
msgid ""
"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and "
":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it "
"as a combination to the field that is being created."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155
msgid ""
"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-"
"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of "
"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for."
msgstr ""
"사용할 수 있는 필드를 검색하려면, 검색창에 필드의 프론트엔드 이름 (사용자 인터페이스 상에서 확인)만 입력하면 됩니다. 그러면 이메일 "
"서식이 생성된 모델에 해당하는 전체 필드에서 결과를 찾을 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160
msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163
msgid "Rich text editor"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165
msgid ""
"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email"
" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, "
"add a list type, or a link."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1
msgid "Rich text editor in the email template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173
msgid "Resetting email templates"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175
msgid ""
"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can "
"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click"
" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the "
"screen and the template will be reset."
msgstr ""
"이메일 서식이 코드 변경 때문에 이메일 서식이 작동하지 않는 경우에는 서식을 초기화하여 기본 서식으로 복원할 수 있습니다. 화면 왼쪽 "
"상단의 :guilabel:`서식 초기화` 버튼을 클릭하면 서식이 초기화됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1
msgid "Resetting the email template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184
msgid "Default reply on email templates"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is"
" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which "
"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template."
msgstr ""
"이메일 서식에 있는 :guilabel:`이메일 설정` 탭의 아래에 :guilabel:`받는 사람` 필드가 있습니다. 이 필드에 서식을 "
"사용하여 이메일을 일괄 발송할 때 회신 항목을 리디렉션할 이메일 주소를 추가합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191
msgid ""
"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or "
"dynamic placeholders."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1
msgid "Reply-to field on template."
msgstr "서식에서의 답장 필드."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending "
"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application "
"that has a list view option."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201
msgid ""
"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to "
"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the "
":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and"
" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu."
" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application."
msgstr ""
"대량 메일을 전송하려면, :guilabel:`목록` 화면에서 전송할 이메일 레코드 옆에 있는 확인란을 선택하고 :guilabel:`작업`"
" 버튼 (:guilabel:`⚙️ (톱니바퀴)` 아이콘 표시)을 클릭한 다음 :guilabel:`작업` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 이메일 옵션을 "
"선택합니다. 이메일 옵션은 특정 목록 화면 및 애플리케이션에 따라 다를 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206
msgid ""
"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, "
"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be "
"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent"
" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. "
"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"이메일을 전송을 할 수 있게 되면 메일 작성기 팝업 창이 나타나며 값을 지정하고 커스터마이징할 수 있습니다. 이 옵션은 이메일 대량 전송"
" 페이지 (예: CRM 앱의 :guilabel:`고객` 페이지)의 :guilabel:`작업` 버튼에서 사용할 수 있습니다. Odoo "
"데이터베이스 전체에서 해당 작업이 진행됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1
msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216
msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218
msgid ""
"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These "
"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links "
"redirecting to the Odoo database."
msgstr ""
"Odoo를 사용하시면 자동 이메일 전송 기능으로 다양한 행사 안내를 할 수 있습니다. *업무용 이메일*로 전송하게 되며 Odoo "
"데이터베이스 접속 링크도 같이 보냅니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221
msgid ""
"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` "
"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see "
":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`."
msgstr ""
"기본값으로, 데이터베이스에서 생성된 링크에서는 시스템 매개변수에서 정의되어 있는 동적인 web.base.url 키를 사용하고 있습니다. "
"이 내용에 대한 추가 정보는 :ref:`매개변수 <domain-name/web-base-url>` 항목을 참조하세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225
msgid ""
"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will "
"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links."
msgstr ""
"웹사이트 애플리케이션이 설치되지 않은 경우에는, 링크를 생성하는데 사용하는 기본 매개변수로 web.base.url 키를 사용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229
msgid ""
"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a "
"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a "
"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a "
"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, "
"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the "
"email/document."
msgstr ""
"`web.base.url` 키는 단일값이어야 하므로, 여러 개의 웹사이트나 회사 데이터베이스를 사용하는 환경에서 각 웹사이트별로 특정 "
"도메인 주소를 쓰더라도, 공유 문서용 링크 (또는 거래 이메일 내의 링크)는 어떤 웹사이트나 회사에서 이메일/문서를 전송하든 동일하게 "
"사용하게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is"
" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies "
"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and "
"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document,"
" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: "
"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document "
"or email."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`web.base.url` 시스템 매개 변수 :guilabel:`값`이 "
"`https://www.mycompany.com`이고 Odoo에 있는 두 회사의 웹사이트 URL이 다른 경우: 문서를 공유하거나 거래 "
"이메일을 보내기 위해 Odoo에서 만든 `https://www.mycompany2.com` 링크 및 "
"`https://www.mycompany1.com`은 문서나 이메일을 보내는 회사에 관계없이 "
"`https://www.mycompany.com` 도메인에서 시작하게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241
msgid ""
"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for "
"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* "
"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, "
"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the "
"corresponding website of the company."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 애플리케이션 일부에는 (예: *이커머스*) 데이터베이스에 *웹사이트* 애플리케이션과 함께 링크가 설정되어 있기 때문에, 그렇지 "
"않은 경우도 발생합니다. 이 경우, 웹사이트에 특정 도메인이 지정되어 있으면 이메일 템플릿에서 생성된 URL은 회사의 해당 웹사이트에 "
"설정되어 있는 도메인을 사용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247
msgid ""
"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order "
"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the "
"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that "
"specific website."
msgstr ""
"고객이 Odoo *이커머스* 웹사이트에서 구매를 하면, 주문 내역에 웹사이트와 링크가 설정됩니다. 따라서 고객에게 전송되는 확인 이메일의"
" 에 있는 링크는 특정한 웹사이트의 도메인 주소를 사용하게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252
msgid ""
"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the "
"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any "
"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the "
"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is "
"a known limitation."
msgstr ""
"문서 앱을 사용하여 공유한 문서는 특정한 웹사이트와 연결되어 있지 않으므로 언제나 web.base.url 키를 사용하게 됩니다. 어느 "
"회사에서 공유하는 URL이든 항상 동일한 값 (web.base.url key 키 값)을 사용한다는 것은 이미 알려드린제한 사항입니다!"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257
msgid ""
"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the "
":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`."
msgstr ""
"도메인 설정과 관련된 자세한 내용은 :doc:`도메인 주소 참조 문서 "
"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`를 참고하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261
msgid "Updating translations within email templates"
msgstr "이메일 서식 번역 업데이트"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263
msgid ""
"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the "
"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations "
"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the "
"translations need to be changed, it can be done."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서는 설치된 모든 언어가 데이터베이스 사용자를 위해 이메일 서식이 자동으로 번역됩니다. 번역 항목을 변경할 필요는 없습니다. "
"다만 특정한 사유로 인해, 일부 번역을 변경해야 하는 경우에는 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268
msgid ""
"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done "
"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break "
"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank."
msgstr ""
"코드를 수정하는 경우와 마찬가지로, 번역 내용이 제대로 수정되지 않는 경우 (예: 수정 결과 잘못된 구문으로 이어지는 경우) 서식이 "
"손상될 수 있으며, 그 결과 서식이 내용 없이 공백으로 보일 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272
msgid ""
"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-"
"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, "
"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the "
"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1
msgid "Edit the language of a template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281
msgid ""
"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, "
"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language "
"button will not appear."
msgstr ""
"데이터베이스에 여러 가지의 언어가 설치 및 활성화되어 있지 않거나 사용자에게 관리 액세스 권한이 없는 경우에는, 언어 버튼이 표시되지 "
"않습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284
msgid ""
"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database "
"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the "
"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save "
"the changes."
msgstr ""
"데이터베이스에 설치되어 있는 여러 가지의 언어가 팝업창에 표시되어 나타납니다. 해당 팝업에서 번역 내용을 편집할 수 있습니다. 변경을 "
"완료한 후에는 :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 저장합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1
msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293
msgid ""
"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database "
"appears in **bold**."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3
msgid "Email issues"
msgstr "이메일 관련 문제"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5
msgid ""
"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues "
"in Odoo."
msgstr "이 문서는 Odoo에서 가장 많이 발생되는 이메일 문제에 대한 설명을 담고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8
msgid "Outgoing emails"
msgstr "발신 메일"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13
msgid "Email is not sent"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15
msgid ""
"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence "
"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the "
"message, located in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1
msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22
msgid ""
"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode "
"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. "
"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27
msgid "Common error messages"
msgstr "일반적인 오류 메시지"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32
msgid "Daily limit reached"
msgstr "일일 한도 도달"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1
msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached."
msgstr "이메일 한도에 도달하면 Odoo에서 주의 메시지가 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38
msgid ""
"Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may"
" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, "
"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being"
" blacklisted."
msgstr ""
"이메일 서비스 제공업체마다 이메일 전송 한도에 차이가 있습니다. 날짜나 시간 또는 분 기준으로 제한하는 경우도 있습니다. 마찬가지로 "
"Odoo에서도, Odoo 이메일 서버가 블랙리스트에 오르는 것을 방지하기 위해 고객의 이메일 전송을 제한하고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42
msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:"
msgstr "신규 데이터베이스에 대한 기본 한도는 다음과 같습니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44
msgid ""
"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active "
"subscription."
msgstr "Odoo 온라인 및 Odoo.sh 데이터베이스 구독이 활성화되어 있는 경우 **매일 이메일 200개**"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45
msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases."
msgstr "단일앱 무료 데이터베이스의 경우 **매일 이메일 20개**"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46
msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases."
msgstr "체험판 데이터베이스의 경우 **매일 이메일 50개**"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47
msgid ""
"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per "
"day."
msgstr "마이그레이션의 경우에는 이메일 일일 한도가 50개로 재설정될 수 있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49
msgid "If the daily limit is reached:"
msgstr "일일 한도 도달 시:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51
msgid ""
"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on"
" the following factors:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54
msgid "How many users are in the database?"
msgstr "데이터베이스 사용자 수가 몇 명인가요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55
msgid "Which apps are installed?"
msgstr "어떤 앱이 설치되어 있나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56
msgid ""
"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive "
"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final "
"recipient."
msgstr "반송률: 이메일이 최종 수신자에게 전달되는 도중에 메일 서버에서 반송되어 메일이 전송되지 못한 이메일 주소의 비율입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59
msgid ""
"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit"
" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation "
"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)."
msgstr ""
"외부 발신 이메일 서버를 사용하면 Odoo의 메일 한도에 영향을 받지 않습니다 (해당 :doc:`이메일 문서참조 "
"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62
msgid ""
"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the "
"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then "
"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67
msgid ""
"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any "
"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the "
"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by "
"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo "
"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails."
msgstr ""
"이메일 일일 한도는 전체 데이터베이스에 걸쳐 적용됩니다. 기본적으로 내부 메시지, 알림, 메모 로그 등을 이메일을 통해 다른 사람에게 "
"알릴 경우, 이메일 일일 한도에 포함하어 계산합니다. 이메일 대신에 :ref:`Odoo 알림 "
"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`,에서 알림을 수신하면 해당 문제를 덜 수 있게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73
msgid "SMTP error"
msgstr "SMTP 오류"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75
msgid ""
"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email "
"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport "
"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data"
" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email "
"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems."
msgstr ""
"단순 메일 전송 프로토콜 (SMTP: Simple Mail Transport Protocol) 오류 메시지를 검토하여 이메일이 제대로 "
"전송되지 못한 이유를 찾을 수 있습니다. :abbr:`SMTP (단순 메일 전송 프로토콜)`은 이메일 구조를 표시하는 프로토콜로, "
"인터넷으로 메시지의 데이터를 전송합니다. 이메일 서비스에서 오류 메시지를 생성하여 이메일 문제를 진단하고 해결하는 데 유용한 도구입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81
msgid ""
"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery "
"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This "
"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this "
"line is a copy of the message.`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85
msgid ""
"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a "
"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be"
" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in "
"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), "
":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`"
msgstr ""
"디버그 메뉴로 데이터베이스에서 SMTP 전송 문제를 조사할 수 있습니다. 메뉴에 액세스하려면 :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-"
"mode>`가 활성화되어 있어야 합니다. 활성화되면 메뉴 표시줄 오른쪽 상단의 :menuselection:`디버그 메뉴` "
"(:guilabel:`🐞 (버그)` 아이콘)를 통해 :menuselection:`디버그 메뉴 --> 메시지 관리`로 이동합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent "
"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending,"
" including the type, and subtype, of the message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94
msgid ""
"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo "
"received a bounce-back message from an email server."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1
msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102
msgid ""
"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the "
":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106
msgid "No error populated"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108
msgid ""
"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it "
"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of "
"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it "
"correctly."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서 실패 사유 관련 정보를 확인할 수 없는 경우도 있습니다. 이메일 공급업체마다 반송된 이메일과 관련하여 개별적인 정책을 "
"적용하고 있는 관계로, Odoo에서는 해당 내용이 파악될 수 없을 수 있다는 점을 참고하시기 바랍니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112
msgid ""
"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do "
"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help"
" in finding a reason."
msgstr ""
"동일한 클라이언트나 도메인에서 이 문제가 반복되는 경우에는 원인 파악을 위해 즉시 `Odoo 고객지원 "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_으로 연락주시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116
msgid ""
"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error "
"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or "
":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check "
"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. "
"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by "
"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters"
" --> System Parameters`."
msgstr ""
"오류 메시지가 없는데도 이메일이 전송되지 않는 가장 큰 이유 중 하나는, :ref:`SPF "
"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` 및/또는 :ref:`DKIM "
"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` 설정과 관련이 있습니다. 또한 *시스템 매개변수*에 "
"`mail.bounce.alias`가 지정되어 있는지 확인하세요. :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>`에서 "
":menuselection:`앱 설정 --> 기술 메뉴 --> 매개변수 --> 시스템 매개변수`로 이동하여 시스템 매개변수에 "
"액세스합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124
msgid "Email is sent late"
msgstr "이메일이 늦게 전송되었습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126
msgid ""
"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the"
" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not"
" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, "
"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to"
" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in "
"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes "
"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email "
"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-"
"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> "
"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`."
msgstr ""
"이메일 캠페인을 예약 시간에 전송하려면, 데이터베이스에 지연된 시간으로 미리 프로그래밍하여 사용합니다. Odoo는 지연 작업을 사용하여 "
"'긴급하지 않은' 이메일 (예: 대량 메일 발송, 마케팅 자동화, 이벤트 등의 뉴스레터 양식)을 전송합니다. 시스템 유틸리티인 "
"**크론**을 사용하여 미리 정해진 간격으로 프로그램이 자동으로 실행되도록 예약할 수 있습니다. Odoo는 메일 서버가 혼잡해지는 것을 "
"피하고 개별 커뮤니케이션의 우선순위를 정하기 위해 이 방식을 사용합니다. 해당 **크론**은 :guilabel:`메일: 이메일 대기열 "
"관리자`라고 하며, :ref:`개발자 모드`에서 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> 기술 메뉴 --> 자동화 --> 예약된 "
"작업`에서 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1
msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later."
msgstr "추후 발송하도록 예약된 이메일"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140
msgid ""
"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to "
"execute particular code to complete a task."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144
msgid ""
"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be "
"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 "
"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not"
" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action "
":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary "
"adjustments."
msgstr ""
"기본값으로 *대량 메일링 크론*은 60분마다 실행됩니다. 이값은 5분 아래로는 변경할 수 없습니다. 그러나 5분마다 작업을 실행할 "
"경우에는 Odoo 데이터베이스가 느려지므로 (시스템 부하) 이 방법은 권장하지 않습니다. 대량 메일링 크론을 편집하려면 예약된 작업 "
":guilabel:`메일: 이메일 대기열 관리자`를 선택하고 필요에 맞게 조정합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149
msgid ""
"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another,"
" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent "
"immediately."
msgstr ""
"긴급 이메일로 간주되는 경우 (판매주문서, 청구서, 구매발주서 등 개인에게서 다른 개인에게 전송되는 이메일)에는 즉시 전송이 "
"이루어집니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153
msgid "Incoming emails"
msgstr "메일 수신"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155
msgid ""
"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an "
"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to "
"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a "
":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)."
msgstr ""
"이메일 수신에 문제가 있음에도 불구하고 Odoo 자체에서는 안내 표시가 나타나지 않을 수 있습니다. 데이터베이스에 접속하려는 발신 "
"클라이언트 측에서 반송 메시지를 받게 됩니다 (대부분의 경우 :guilabel:`550: 사서함을 사용할 수 없음` 오류 메시지)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160
msgid "Email is not received"
msgstr "이메일이 수신되지 못했습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162
msgid ""
"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the "
"database is hosted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164
msgid ""
"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`."
msgstr "**Odoo.sh** 사용자는 :file:`~/logs/` 폴더에서 실시간 로그를 확인할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166
msgid ""
"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They "
"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action "
"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the "
"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the "
"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email "
"servers from the database."
msgstr ""
"로그는 데이터베이스에서 완료된 작업을 모두 저장하여 모아 놓은 것입니다. 로그는 텍스트만으로 표시되며, Odoo 데이터베이스에서 수행된 "
"전체 작업 타임스탬프가 포함되어 있습니다. 이를 통해 데이터베이스에서 전송되는 이메일을 추적하는 데 유용합니다. 메시지가 반복적으로 "
"전송을 시도했음을 나타내는 로그를 통해서도 전송 실패 여부를 확인할 수 있습니다. 데이터베이스에서 이메일 서버로 작업한 모든 내용이 "
"로그에 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172
msgid ""
"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh "
"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the "
"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177
msgid ""
"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the"
" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today "
"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181
msgid ""
"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then "
"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the "
"compressed ones) to search through the files."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185
msgid ""
"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh "
"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188
msgid ""
"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this"
" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191
msgid ""
"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue"
" with the same client or domain."
msgstr ""
"**Odoo 온라인** 사용자는 로그에 접근 권한이 없습니다. 다만 동일한 클라이언트 또는 도메인과 관련하여 반복적으로 문제가 발생하는 "
"경우에는 ``Odoo 고객 지원 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_에 문의해 주세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196
msgid "Get help from Odoo support"
msgstr "Odoo 고객 지원 요청하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198
msgid ""
"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as "
"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the "
"Odoo Support team about an issue:"
msgstr ""
"최대한 많은 정보를 알려주시면 더 효율적으로 지원해드릴 수 있습니다. 다음은 Odoo 지원팀에 문제에 대해 문의할 때 도움이 될 수 있는"
" 목록입니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201
msgid ""
"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the "
"email is the file format containing all the technical information required "
"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might "
"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the "
"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most "
"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate."
msgstr ""
"이메일 헤더 사본을 전송합니다. 이메일 '.EML' 파일 (또는 **헤더**) 형식에는 검토에 필요한 모든 기술 정보가 포함되어 "
"있습니다. 이메일 제공업체의 문서에 EML 파일/헤더 파일에 액세스하는 방법이 설명되어 있는지 확인하세요. 이메일 헤더를 확인한 후에는 "
"Odoo 고객 지원 상담을 요청하시면 Odoo 고객지원팀에서 가장 효율적으로 조사할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208
msgid ""
"`Gmail documentation on headers "
"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_"
msgstr "`Gmail 머릿말 관련 참조 문서 <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209
msgid ""
"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-"
"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-"
"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_"
msgstr ""
"`Outlook 머릿말 관련 참조 문서 <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-"
"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-"
"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212
msgid ""
"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those "
"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:"
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서 이러한 이메일을 정상적으로 수신하기 위해서 따르게 되는 흐름입니다. 다음과 같은 질문에 대한 답변을 참고하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215
msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216
msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217
msgid ""
"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being "
"redirected?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218
msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220
msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:"
msgstr "다음의 문의에 대한 답변을 제시하세요:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222
msgid ""
"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use"
" case, which one exactly?"
msgstr "일반적인 내용이거나 아니면 사용 중 발생한 특정 사례에 대한 문의인가요? 후자의 경우, 정확히 어떤 문제인가요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224
msgid ""
"Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce "
"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope "
"<red_envelop>`."
msgstr ""
"예상한 대로 작동되나요? Odoo를 통해서 보낸 이메일이 반송되는 경우에는 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 :ref:`빨간색 봉투 "
"<red_envelop>` 표시로 나타나야 합니다.."

#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228
msgid ""
"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in "
"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this "
"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> "
"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name "
":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't "
"already set."
msgstr ""
"데이터베이스에서 반송 메시지를 제대로 수신하려면 기술 설정 메뉴에서 반송 시스템 매개변수를 설정해야 합니다. 이 설정에 액세스하려면 "
":menuselection:`앱 설정 --> 기술 메뉴 --> 매개변수 --> 시스템 매개변수`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 매개변수 "
"이름으로 :guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias`를 선택하고 값이 아직 설정되어 있지 않은 경우 `반송`으로 설정합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3
msgid "Export and import data"
msgstr "데이터 내보내기 및 가져오기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:8
msgid "Export data from Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 데이터 내보내기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:10
msgid ""
"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data "
"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities "
"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available "
"application)."
msgstr ""
"데이터베이스에서 작업하면서 데이터를 별도 파일로 내보내야 하는 경우가 있습니다. 그렇게 하면 작업 보고 업무를 쉽게 진행할 수 있습니다 "
"(Odoo에서 응용 프로그램별로 사용할 수 있는 정확하고 편리한 보고 도구를 사용하실 수 있는 것을 감안해도)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:14
msgid ""
"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so,"
" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on "
"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서는 전체 레코드 중 어떤 필드값이든 내보내기를 할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하려면 내보낼 항목에 대한 목록 보기 기능을 활성화하고"
" *작업*을 클릭한 다음 *내보내기*를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1
msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data"
msgstr "활성화하거나 클릭하여 다양한 데이터 내보내기 옵션 확인"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:22
msgid ""
"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, "
"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for "
"the data to export:"
msgstr ""
"간단히 말해서, 이 작업에는 몇 가지 세부 항목이 있습니다. 실제로 *내보내기*를 클릭해보면 데이터 내보내기와 관련된 몇 가지 옵션이 "
"팝업창에 나타납니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1
msgid ""
"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 데이터 내보내기를 할 때 고려해야 할 모든 옵션 확인"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:30
msgid ""
"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the "
"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to "
"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the "
"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, "
"not just the ones which can be imported."
msgstr ""
"*데이터 업데이트 하기* 옵션을 선택하면 시스템에서 불러올 수 있는 필드만 표시됩니다. 이 항목은 기존에 있는 레코드를 업데이트하려는 "
"경우에 매우 유용하게 사용하실 수 있습니다. 기본적으로는 필터처럼 작동하게 됩니다. 확인란을 선택 표시를 하지 않으면, 불러올 수 있는 "
"필드 뿐 아니라 전체 필드가 표시되기 때문에 필드 옵션을 더 다양하게 선택할 수 있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:36
msgid ""
"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With "
".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about "
"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting."
msgstr ""
"내보내기를 하는 경우 .csv 및 .xls 중에서 파일 형식을 선택할 수 있습니다. .csv 파일에서는 쉼표로 항목을 구분하는 반면, "
".xls는 내용과 포맷 모두가 담긴 전체 워크시트 정보가 있는 형식입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:39
msgid ""
"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more "
"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific "
"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all "
"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!"
msgstr ""
"내보내기를 하려는 항목입니다. 화살표를 클릭하면 다양한 하위 필드 옵션이 표시됩니다. 물론 특정 필드를 찾으려면 검색창에서도 쉽게 확인이"
" 가능합니다. 효율적으로 검색하려면, 모든 화살표를 클릭하여 전체 필드가 표시되도록 하면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:44
msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list."
msgstr "\"내보내기\" 목록에 필드를 추가하려면 + 버튼을 사용하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:45
msgid ""
"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up "
"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported"
" file."
msgstr "선택 필드 옆에 있는 \"핸들\"을 사용하면 필드를 위아래로 이동시켜서 파일 내보내기 할 때의 표시 순서를 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:48
msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields."
msgstr "필드를 삭제하려면 휴지통 버튼을 누르십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:49
msgid ""
"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. "
"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on "
"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export "
"the same list, simply select the related template."
msgstr ""
"반복적으로 보고서를 생성해야 하는 경우에는, 사전에 내보내기 설정을 저장해두면 편리하게 사용할 수 있습니다. 필요한 항목을 전부 선택한 "
"후 서식 표시줄을 선택합니다. *새로운 서식*을 클릭하여 이름을 지정합니다. 이제 같은 목록을 내보내기해야 하는 경우, 해당 서식을 "
"선택하기만 하면 됩니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:56
msgid ""
"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, "
"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what "
"you would like to import next."
msgstr ""
"필드 입력 시 외부 식별자를 확인하시기 바랍니다. 예를 들어 *Related Company*의 경우 *parent_id*로 표시합니다. "
"이렇게 하면 다음에 다시 불러올 항목만 내보내기 작업을 할 수 있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:63
msgid "Import data into Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo로 데이터 가져오기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:66
msgid "How to start"
msgstr "시작하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:68
msgid ""
"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)"
" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries"
" and even orders!"
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서 비즈니스와 관련된 연락처, 품목, 은행명세서, 전표입력 내용 및 주문 등의 데이터를 Excel (.xlsx) 또는 CSV "
"(.csv) 형식으로 불러올 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:72
msgid ""
"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on "
":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`."
msgstr "입력하려는 항목 보기를 선택한 후 메뉴에서 :`즐겨찾기 --> 레코드 가져오기`를 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:78
msgid ""
"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own "
"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is "
"already done."
msgstr ""
"자신만의 데이터를 입력하도록 서식을 사용하실 있습니다. 사용하시려면 클릭만 하시면 바로 불러옵니다. 데이터 매핑 작업은 이미 완료되어 "
"있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:83
msgid "How to adapt the template"
msgstr "서식 변경 방법"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:85
msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure."
msgstr "데이터 구조에 가장 잘 맞도록 열을 추가, 제거 및 정렬합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:86
msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)."
msgstr "**ID**는 제거하지 않는 것이 좋습니다 (다음 섹션에서 이유를 확인하실 수 있습니다)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:87
#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:376
msgid ""
"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing."
msgstr "ID 시퀀스를 드롭다운하여 전체 레코드에 고유한 ID를 설정합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:92
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new "
"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the "
"corresponding field."
msgstr ""
"새로운 열을 추가할 때 레이블이 Odoo의 필드에 맞지 않는 경우에는 Odoo에서 자동 매핑이 되지 않을 수 있습니다. 괜찮습니다! "
"가져오기 기능을 테스트할 때 수동으로 새로운 열을 매핑할 수 있습니다. 목록에서 해당 필드와 관련된 내용을 검색합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:100
msgid ""
"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight "
"on the very next time."
msgstr "그리고 바로 그 다음에 작동되도록 파일에 이 필드의 레이블을 사용하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:104
msgid "How to import from another application"
msgstr "다른 애플리케이션에서 가져오기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:106
msgid ""
"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should "
"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the "
"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that "
"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original "
"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will"
" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name."
msgstr ""
"서로 다른 레코드를 다시 연결시키려면 원래 애플리케이션에서 사용하던 고유 식별자를 사용하여 이를 Odoo의 **ID** (외부 ID) "
"열에 매핑해야 합니다. 첫 번째 레코드에 연결되어 있는 다른 레코드를 가져오는 경우에는 원래의 고유 식별자에 **XXX/ID** "
"(XXX/외부 ID)를 붙여서 사용하십시오. 이름을 사용하여 이 레코드를 검색할 수도 있지만 이름이 같은 레코드가 2개 이상 있는 "
"경우에는 작동을 하지 않습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:114
msgid ""
"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to "
"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it "
"whenever possible."
msgstr ""
"나중에 수정한 데이터에 다시 가져와야 하는 경우 **ID**는 원본 데이터 가져오기에 사용되므로 가능한 한 ID를 지정하는 것이 "
"좋습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:120
msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to"
msgstr "열을 매핑할 필드를 찾을 수 없는 경우"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:122
msgid ""
"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the "
"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if "
"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type "
"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior "
"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes "
"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by"
" default."
msgstr ""
"Odoo는 파일의 첫 10줄과 파일 내부에 있는 열의 필드 유형을 기반으로 휴리스틱 기능을 사용하여 검색합니다. 예를 들어 숫자만으로 "
"이루어진 열이 있는 경우 *정수* 유형의 필드만 선택되도록 합니다. 대부분의 경우에는 문제없이 쉽게 진행되지만 잘못된 필드나 기본적으로 "
"제안되지 않은 필드에 열이 매핑되는 경우가 생길 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:131
msgid ""
"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation "
"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the "
"complete list of fields for each column."
msgstr "이 경우 ** 관계필드값의 필드 표시 (고급 기능)** 옵션만 선택하면 전체 열에서 필드 목록 중 선택할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:139
msgid "Where can I change the date import format?"
msgstr "날짜 가져오기 형식은 어디에서 변경할 수 있나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:141
msgid ""
"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to "
"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While "
"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be "
"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is "
"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is "
"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'."
msgstr ""
"날짜열이 입력된 경우 Odoo에서 자동으로 감지하게 되며, 날짜 형식 중에서 일반적으로 가장 많이 사용하는 형식으로 표시합니다. 대부분의"
" 날짜 형식에 적용이 되는 기능이지만 일부 형식 중에서 인식이 되지 않는 경우도 있습니다. 일 표시와 월 표시가 반대로 되어 있는 "
"경우에는 혼동되기가 쉽습니다. 예를 들어 '01-03-2016'로 표시된 경우에는 날짜 형식에서 일과 월 표시 부분이 각각 어디로 입력한"
" 것인지 확인이 어렵습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:147
msgid ""
"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the "
"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file "
"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using"
" the *ISO 8601* to define the format."
msgstr ""
"Odoo가 파일에서 검색한 날짜에 어떤 형식을 적용했는지 확인하려면, 파일 선택창에서 **옵션**을 클릭할 때 표시되는 **날짜 "
"형식**에서 확인하시면 됩니다. 이 형식이 잘못된 경우 *ISO 8601*을 사용하여 형식을 설정하시면 원하는 대로 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:152
msgid ""
"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to "
"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is"
" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo "
"whatever your locale date format is."
msgstr ""
"Excel에서 표시되는 날짜 형식이 저장 파일에서 사용하고 있는 방식과 다르기 때문에, Excel (.xls, .xlsx) 파일을 "
"불러오는 경우에는 날짜 셀을 사용하여 날짜를 저장하도록 합니다. 그렇게 하면 현지에서 사용하는 날짜 형식을 신경 쓸 필요 없이 "
"Odoo에서 올바른 날짜 형식을 사용할 수 있게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:157
msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?"
msgstr "통화 기호 (예: $32.00)가 있는 숫자 항목도 가져오기할 수 있나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:159
msgid ""
"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as"
" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also "
"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can "
"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not "
"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will "
"crash."
msgstr ""
"가져올 수 있습니다. 음수 표시가 괄호로 되어 있는 숫자 형식이나 통화로 표시된 숫자도 완벽하게 지원되고 있습니다. 또한 Odoo에서는 "
"천 단위나 소수 구분 기회를 자동으로 감지하고 있습니다 (**옵션**에서 변경 가능). Odoo에 입력되어 있지 않은 통화 기호를 "
"사용하는 경우에는 숫자로 인식되지 않을 수 있으며 기존 내용과 충돌할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:164
msgid ""
"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):"
msgstr "지원되는 숫자 예시 (예: 삼만 이천):"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:166
msgid "32.000,00"
msgstr "32.000,00"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:167
msgid "32000,00"
msgstr "32000,00"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:168
msgid "32,000.00"
msgstr "32,000.00"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:169
msgid "-32000.00"
msgstr "-32000.00"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:170
msgid "(32000.00)"
msgstr "(32000.00)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:171
msgid "$ 32.000,00"
msgstr "$ 32.000,00"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:172
msgid "(32000.00 €)"
msgstr "(32000.00 €)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:174
msgid "Example that will not work:"
msgstr "지원되지 않는 숫자 예시:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:176
msgid "ABC 32.000,00"
msgstr "ABC 32.000,00"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:177
msgid "$ (32.000,00)"
msgstr "$ (32.000,00)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:180
msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?"
msgstr "가져오기에 대한 미리보기 화면이 제대로 표시되지 않는 경우에는 어떻게 해야 하나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:182
msgid ""
"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and "
"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these "
"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse"
" CSV file bar after you select your file)."
msgstr ""
"기본적으로 가져오기에 대한 미리보기 화면에서는 쉼표를 필드 구분 기호로 사용하고 텍스트 구분 기호로 는 따옴표를 사용하고 있습니다. "
"csv 파일에 이러한 설정이 없는 경우에는 파일 형식 옵션 (파일을 선택한 후 CSV 파일 찾아보기 표시줄 아래에서 찾을 수 "
"있습니다)에서 수정할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:186
msgid ""
"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not "
"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in "
"your spreadsheet application. See the following question."
msgstr ""
"CSV 파일에 구분 기호 표가 있는 경우에는 Odoo는 항목이 구분되지 않습니다. 스프레드시트 앱에서 파일 형식 옵션을 변경해야 합니다."
" 다음 질문 내용을 참고하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:191
msgid ""
"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet "
"application?"
msgstr "스프레드시트 애플리케이션에 저장할 CSV 파일 형식은 어떻게 변경하나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:193
msgid ""
"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's "
"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We "
"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to "
"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check "
"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)."
msgstr ""
"스프레드시트 애플리케이션에서 CSV 파일을 편집하고 저장하면 컴퓨터의 지역 설정이 구분 기호와 구분 기호에 적용됩니다. 세 가지 옵션을 "
"모두 수정할 수 있는 OpenOffice 또는 LibreOffice Calc를 사용하는 것이 좋습니다 (메뉴 선택:`'다른 이름으로 "
"저장' 대화 상자 --> '필터 설정 편집' 상자 선택 --> 저장`)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:198
msgid ""
"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in "
":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> "
"Encoding tab`)."
msgstr ""
"Microsoft Excel에서는 저장 시 인코딩만 수정할 수 있습니다 (메뉴 선택:`'다른 이름으로 저장' 대화 상자 --> '도구' "
"드롭다운 목록 클릭 --> 인코딩 탭`)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:202
msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?"
msgstr "데이터베이스 ID와 외부 ID의 차이점은 무엇인가요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:204
msgid ""
"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the "
"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you"
" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the "
"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three "
"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to "
"import."
msgstr ""
"일부 필드는 다른 항목와 연결되어 있습니다. 예를 들어 연락처에 있는 국가 항목은 '국가' 개체의 레코드에 연결되어 있습니다. 해당되는 "
"필드를 불러오려면 Odoo에서 레코드끼리 연결시키는 작업이 필요합니다. 필드 가져오기에서 Odoo에서는 세 가지 메커니즘을 사용하고 "
"있습니다. 가져오기 필드 항목 당 하나의 메커니즘만 적용시킬 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:209
msgid ""
"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 "
"different fields to import:"
msgstr "예를 들어, 연락처에서 국가 항목을 참조로 쓰려면 Odoo에서는 다른 필드를 3가지를 가져오기로 제안합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:211
msgid "Country: the name or code of the country"
msgstr "국가: 국가명 또는 국가 코드"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:212
msgid ""
"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID "
"postgresql column"
msgstr "국가/데이터베이스 ID: ID postgresql 열로 정의되어 있는 고유한 Odoo ID 레코드"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:213
msgid ""
"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application"
" (or the .XML file that imported it)"
msgstr "국가/외부 ID: 다른 애플리케이션에서 참조하는 해당 레코드의 ID (또는 가져온.XML 파일)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:216
msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:"
msgstr "국가로 벨기에를 선택한 경우, 다음 3가지 방법으로 가져오기를 할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:218
msgid "Country: Belgium"
msgstr "국가: 벨기에"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:219
msgid "Country/Database ID: 21"
msgstr "국가/데이터베이스 ID: 21"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:220
msgid "Country/External ID: base.be"
msgstr "국가/외부l ID: base.be"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:222
msgid ""
"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference "
"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, "
"according to your need:"
msgstr ""
"필요에 따라서 세 가지 방법 중 하나를 선택하여, 연결되어 있는 항목 간에 레코드를 참조해야 합니다. 다음은 둘 중 한 가지 방법을 "
"사용해야 하는 경우입니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:225
msgid ""
"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that"
" have been created manually."
msgstr "국가 선택: 직접 생성한 CSV 파일에서 데이터 가져오기를 하는 경우 가장 쉽게 할 수 있는 방법입니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:227
msgid ""
"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly "
"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you "
"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique "
"Database ID)"
msgstr ""
"국가/데이터베이스 ID 사용: 거의 사용하지 않는 방법입니다. 주로 개발자들이 사용하며, 충돌을 일으키지 않는다는 것이 가장 큰 "
"장점입니다 (동일한 이름을 가진 여러 레코드가 있더라도 고유한 데이터베이스 ID가 부여되어 있음)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:230
msgid ""
"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third "
"party application."
msgstr "국가/외부 ID 사용: 외부 ID를 사용하여 타사 애플리케이션에서 데이터 가져오기를 실행합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:232
msgid ""
"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\""
" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will "
"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like "
"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for "
"Products and their Categories."
msgstr ""
"외부 ID를 사용하는 경우, \"외부 ID\" 열이 있는 CSV 파일 가져오기를 통하여 각각의 레코드에 외부 ID를 정의할 수 있습니다."
" 그런 다음 \"필드/외부 ID\"와 같은 열을 사용하여 해당하는 레코드에 대해서 참조하도록 할 수도 있습니다. 다음의 품목 및 해당 "
"범주에 대한 CSV 파일 두개를 활용한 예시입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:237
msgid ""
":download:`CSV file for categories "
"<export_import_data/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`."
msgstr ""
":download:`<export_import_data/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`"
" 카테고리에 해당하는 CSV 파일."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:240
msgid ""
":download:`CSV file for Products "
"<export_import_data/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`."
msgstr ""
":download:`<export_import_data/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`"
" 품목용 CSV 파일."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:244
msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?"
msgstr "하나의 필드에 일치하는 항목이 여러 개인 경우에는 어떻게 해야 하나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:246
msgid ""
"If for example you have two product categories with the child name "
"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other "
"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import "
"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they "
"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product "
"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of "
"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy."
msgstr ""
"예를 들어 하위 항목 이름이 \"Sellable\"인 두 개의 품목 카테고리 (예: \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" 및"
" \"Other Products/Sellable\")가 있는 경우 유효성 검사가 중단되더라도 여전히 데이터 가져오기는 실행할 수 "
"있습니다. 그러나 데이터는 품목의 카테고리 목록에 있는 첫 번째 '판매 가능' 카테고리 (\"기타 제품/판매 가능\")에 모두 연결되어 "
"있으므로 데이터 가져오기를 하지 않는 것이 좋습니다. 이 경우 중복 값 중 하나를 수정하거나 품목 카테고리 구조를 변경하는 것을 "
"추천합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:252
msgid ""
"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product "
"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field "
"'Category'."
msgstr "다만 품목 카테고리 구성을 변경하지 않으려면 이 필드에 있는 '카테고리'에 외부 ID를 적용시키도록 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:256
msgid ""
"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has "
"multiple tags)?"
msgstr "다수 항목끼리 연계되어 있는 필드 (예: 태그가 여러 개 달린 고객)는 어떻게 가져오기 하나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:258
msgid ""
"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if"
" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and "
"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column"
" of your CSV file."
msgstr ""
"태그는 공백 없이 쉼표로 구분되도록 합니다. 예를 들어 고객 항목에 '제조업체' 및 '소매업체' 양쪽을 모두 태그하려면 CSV 파일에서 "
"\"제조업체,소매업체\"를 같은 열에 인코딩합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:262
msgid ""
":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer "
"<export_import_data/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`"
msgstr ""
":download:`<export_import_data/m2m_customers_tags.csv> 제조업체, 소매업체용 CSV 파일`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:266
msgid ""
"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a "
"Sales Order)?"
msgstr ""
"단일 항목이 여러 개 항목과 연계되어 있는 경우에는 (예: 판매주문서에 주문 항목이 여러 개인 경우) 어떻게 가져오기 하나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:268
msgid ""
"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order"
" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order "
"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. "
"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any "
"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is "
"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some "
"quotations you can import, based on demo data."
msgstr ""
"여러 가지 주문 항목이 있는 판매주문서를 가져오기 하는 경우; CSV 파일에서 각각의 주문 항목이 특정 행에 위치하도록 해야 합니다. "
"가져오기 하면 주문 관련 정보 행으로 첫 번째 주문 항목을 불러옵니다. 다른 추가 항목은 주문 관련 필드 정보가 없는다른 행을 추가하여 "
"불러오게 됩니다. 예를 들어 데모 데이터를 바탕으로 한 "
"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` 견적서 파일을 살펴보겠습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:275
msgid ""
":download:`File for some Quotations "
"<export_import_data/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`."
msgstr ""
":download:`<export_import_data/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`"
" 예시용 견적서 파일."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:277
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their "
"respective purchase order lines:"
msgstr "다음의 CSV 파일에서 구매발주서에 발주 항목이 있는 경우 가져오는 방법을 확인해보세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:280
msgid ""
":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines "
"<export_import_data/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`."
msgstr ""
":download: '<export_import_data/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>` 관련된 발주 항목이 "
"기재되어 있는 구매발주서."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:282
msgid ""
"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective "
"contacts:"
msgstr "다음의 CSV 파일에서 고객 목록과 함께 연락처를 가져오는 방법을 확인할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:284
msgid ""
":download:`Customers and their respective contacts "
"<export_import_data/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`."
msgstr ""
":download:`<export_import_data/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>` 고객 및 고객 연락처."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:287
msgid "Can I import several times the same record?"
msgstr "같은 레코드를 여러 번 가져오기 할 수 있나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:289
msgid ""
"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or "
"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified "
"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import "
"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between "
"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record "
"depending if it's new or not."
msgstr ""
"가져오는 파일에 외부 ID나 \"데이터베이스 ID\" 열이 있는 경우에는 새로 생성하는 대신 기존에 가져오기 한 파일에 있는 레코드를 "
"수정하여 사용하게 됩니다. 동일한 CSV 파일을 여러 번 가져오기 하는 경우에도 가져온 파일에 있는 변경 사항을 수정하면서 사용하게 "
"되므로 매우 유용한 기능입니다. 신규 레코드인지의 여부에 따라서 Odoo에서 해당되는 레코드를 새로 생성하거나 수정하게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:294
msgid ""
"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a "
"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application."
msgstr ""
"이 기능을 통해 Odoo의 가져오기/내보내기 도구를 활용하여 즐기찾기한 스프레드시트 앱에서도 레코드 배치를 수정할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:298
msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?"
msgstr "특정 필드에 값이 입력되어 있지 않으면 어떻게 되나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:300
msgid ""
"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default "
"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values "
"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of "
"assigning the default value."
msgstr ""
"CSV 파일에 있는 전체 필드가 설정되어 있지 않은 경우에는, Odoo에서는 값이 정의되지 않은 필드에 기본값을 할당합니다. 그러나 "
"CSV 파일에서 빈 값으로 필드를 설정하면 Odoo는 기본값을 할당하는 대신 해당 필드에 EMPTY 값을 설정합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:305
msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?"
msgstr "SQL 프로그램에서 Odoo로 테이블 내보내기나 가져오기를 실행하려면 어떻게 해야 하나요?"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:307
msgid ""
"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate "
"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import"
" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each "
"person and the company they work for)."
msgstr ""
"다른 테이블에서 데이터를 가져와야 하는 경우 해당 테이블에 있는 레코드 간에 다시 연결시키는 작업이 필요합니다 (예: 회사 및 개인 "
"항목을 가져오는 경우 개인과 회사간의 관계를 다시 연결시켜서 만들어야 합니다)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:311
msgid ""
"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" "
"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier"
" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique "
"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix "
"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like "
"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')"
msgstr ""
"Odoo의 \"외부 ID\" 기능을 사용하여 테이블 간의 연결을 관리할 수 있습니다. 레코드에서 \"외부 ID\"는 다른 애플리케이션에서"
" 사용하는 이 레코드의 고유 식별자입니다. 해당 \"외부 ID\"는 전체 개체의 모든 레코드 중에서 고유한 정보여야 하기 때문에 이 "
"\"외부 ID\"에 응용 프로그램 또는 테이블의 이름을 접두사로 지정해놓는 것이 좋습니다 (예: '1' 대신 'company_1', "
"'person_1')."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:317
msgid ""
"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to "
"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you "
"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for."
" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a "
"PostgreSQL database <export_import_data/database_import_test.sql>`)"
msgstr ""
"예를 들어 SQL 데이터베이스에서 회사와 개인이라는 두 개의 테이블을 가져오는 경우를 가정합니다. 각 개인은 하나의 회사에 속하므로 "
"개인과 그가 속한 회사 간의 연결을 다시 만들어야 합니다 (이 예제를 테스트하려는 경우 다음의 PostgreSQL 데이터베이스 "
"<export_import_data/database_import_test.sql>` :download:`덤프를 참조하시기 바랍니다)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:322
msgid ""
"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write"
" the following command:"
msgstr "먼저 전체 회사 항목과 관련된 \"외부 ID\"를 내보내기합니다. PSQL에서 다음 명령을 작성합니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:328
msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:"
msgstr "해당 SQL 명령을 통하여 다음의 CSV 파일이 생성됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:337
msgid ""
"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the "
"following SQL command in PSQL:"
msgstr "회사 항목에 연결되어 있는 개인용 CSV 파일을 생성하려면 PSQL에서 다음 SQL 명령을 사용합니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:343
msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:"
msgstr "다음의 CSV 파일이 생성됩니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:353
msgid ""
"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees "
"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation"
" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the "
"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to "
"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1"
" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)."
msgstr ""
"이 파일에서 보시는 바와 같이, Fabien과 Laurence이라는 개인은 Bigees 회사 (company_1)에서 일하며 Eric은 "
"Organi 회사에서 일하고 있습니다. 개인과 회사의 관계 연결은 회사의 외부 ID를 사용하여 이루어집니다. 개인과 회사 (원본 "
"데이터베이스에서 동일한 ID 1을 공유한 person_1과 company_1) 간의 ID 충돌을 피하기 위하여 테이블 이름으로 \"외부 "
"ID\" 접두사를 지정하여 사용하고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:359
msgid ""
"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any "
"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 "
"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first "
"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons."
msgstr ""
"두 개의 파일을 생성 한 후 별도 수정 과정 없이 Odoo로 가져오기를 할 수 있습니다. 두 개의 CSV 파일을 불러온 후에는 연락처 "
"4개와 회사 3개 항목이 생긴 것을 확인할 수 있습니다 (처음에 있는 두 개의 연락처는 첫 번째 회사로 연결됩니다). 먼저 회사 항목을 "
"가져오기 한 후 개인 항목을 가져와야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:364
msgid "How to adapt an import template"
msgstr "가져오기를 할 경우 서식 수정 방법"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:366
msgid ""
"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to "
"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with "
"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, "
"etc.)."
msgstr ""
"가져오기 도구에서 일반적으로 가장 쓰는 데이터 (연락처, 품목, 은행명세서 등)를 가져오기 서식에 사용할 수 있습니다. 어떤 스프레드시트"
" 소프트웨어에서든 (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive 등) 열 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:372
msgid "How to customize the file"
msgstr "파일 커스터마이징 방법"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:374
msgid ""
"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why"
" here below)."
msgstr "사용하지 않는 열을 삭제합니다. *ID*는 삭제하지 않는 것이 좋습니다 (이유는 아래 내용을 참조하십시오)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:381
msgid ""
"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if"
" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the "
"corresponding field using the search."
msgstr ""
"새로운 열을 추가할 때 레이블이 시스템의 필드에 맞지 않는 경우 Odoo에서 자동 매핑이 실행되지 않을 수 있습니다. 이 경우에는 해당 "
"필드를 검색하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:388
msgid ""
"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it "
"work straight away the very next time you try to import."
msgstr "그 후, 가져오기 서식에서 검색한 레이블을 사용하면 다음에 가져오기를 하는 경우에는 바로 실행시킬 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:392
msgid "Why an “ID” column"
msgstr "“ID” 열이 필요한 이유"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:394
msgid ""
"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel "
"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""
"**ID** (외부 ID)는 항목별 고유 식별자입니다. 이전에 쓰던 소프트웨어에서 사용하던 항목 그대로 쉽게 Odoo로 전환하실 수 "
"있습니다"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:397
msgid ""
"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:"
msgstr "가져오기 실행 시 필수적으로 ID 설정을 해야 하는 것은 아니지만, 설정해두시면 유용하게 사용하실 수 있습니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:399
msgid ""
"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating "
"duplicates;"
msgstr "가져오기 업데이트: 파일을 중복 생성하지 않고 같은 파일에 대해서 가져오기를 여러 번 실행할 수 있습니다;"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:400
msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)."
msgstr "가져오기 연결 필드 (아래 내용 참조)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:403
msgid "How to import relation fields"
msgstr "연결 필드 가져오기 실행 방법"

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:405
msgid ""
"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is "
"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those "
"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from "
"their own list menu."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서의 개체 항목은 다른 개체들과 항상 연결되어 있습니다 (예: 품목은 품목 카테고리, 속성, 공급업체 등과 연결). 이러한 연결"
" 항목을 가져오려면 먼저 자체 목록 메뉴에서 관련된 개체의 레코드를 가져와야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:409
msgid ""
"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID "
"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / "
"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product "
"Attributes / Attribute / ID)."
msgstr ""
"관련된 레코드의 이름이나 해당되는 ID를 사용하시면 됩니다. 레코드 이름이 같은 경우에는 ID를 사용해야 합니다. 이 경우 열 제목 끝에"
" \" / ID\"를 추가합니다 (예: 품목 속성의 경우: 품목 속성 / 속성 / ID)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:3
msgid "Geolocation"
msgstr "위치정보"

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can locate contacts or places and generate routes on a map in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst-1
msgid "Map displaying a contact's location."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:10
msgid ""
"To use the feature, open the :guilabel:`Settings` app, and, under the "
":guilabel:`Integrations`, section, activate :guilabel:`Geo Localization`. "
"Then, choose between using the OpenStreetMap or Google Places API."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:14
msgid "**OpenStreetMap**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:16
msgid ""
"OpenStreetMap is a free, open geographic database updated and maintained by "
"volunteers. To use it, select :guilabel:`Open Street Map`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:20
msgid ""
"OpenStreetMap might not always be accurate. You can `join the OpenStreetMap "
"community <https://www.openstreetmap.org/fixthemap>`_ to fix any issues "
"encountered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:23
msgid "**Google Places API map**"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:25
msgid ""
"The Google Places API map provides detailed info on places, businesses, and "
"points of interest. It supports location-based features like search, "
"navigation, and recommendations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:29
msgid ""
"Using the Google Places API could require `payment to Google "
"<https://mapsplatform.google.com/pricing/>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:32
msgid ""
"To use it, select :guilabel:`Google Place Map` and enter your :ref:`API Key "
"<address_autocomplete/generate_api_key>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst-1
msgid "Google Places API key"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/geolocation.rst:39
msgid ""
":doc:`../../applications/websites/website/configuration/address_autocomplete`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3
msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)"
msgstr "인앱 구매 (IAP)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:5
msgid ""
"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For"
" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by "
"post directly from your database."
msgstr ""
"인앱 구매 (IAP)로 Odoo에 있는 추가 서비스 기능을 사용하실 수 있습니다. 예를 들어 SMS 문자 메시지를 보내거나 내 "
"데이터베이스에서 우편으로 직접 청구서를 발송할 수 있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11
msgid "Buying Credits"
msgstr "크레딧 구매"

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13
msgid ""
"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. "
"To consult your current balance or to recharge your account, go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`."
msgstr ""
"각각의 IAP 서비스를 선불 크레딧으로 사용하실 수 있으며 자체적으로 가격이 책정되어 있습니다. 현재 잔액을 확인하거나 계정에 금액을 "
"재충전하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> Odoo IAP --> 내 서비스 보기`로 이동합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21
msgid ""
"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from "
"free credits to test our IAP features."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 온라인을 사용하고 있고 엔터프라이즈 버전이 있는  경우에는 IAP 기능 테스트용으로 무료 크레딧을 받으실 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25
msgid "IAP accounts"
msgstr "IAP 계정"

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:27
msgid ""
"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific "
"to each service. By default, IAP accounts are common to all companies, but "
"can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the :ref:`developer mode "
"<developer-mode>`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP "
"Account`."
msgstr ""
"IAP 서비스 사용을 위해 크레딧은 각각의 서비스에 해당하는 고유한 IAP 계정에 저장됩니다. 기본적으로 IAP 계정은 모든 회사에서 "
"공통으로 사용할 수 있으나 특정 회사로 사용을 제한할 수 있습니다. :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>`를 활성화한 "
"다음 :menuselection:`기술 설정 --> IAP 계정`으로 이동합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36
msgid ""
"An IAP account can be disabled by appending `+disabled` to its token. "
"Reverting this change will re-enable the account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:40
msgid "IAP Portal"
msgstr "IAP 포털"

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:42
msgid ""
"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping your IAP Services. It is accessible "
"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From "
"there, you can view your current balance, recharge your credits and set a "
"reminder when your balance falls below a threshold."
msgstr ""
"IAP 포털은 IAP 서비스를 재편성하기 위한 플랫폼입니다. :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> Odoo IAP --> 내 "
"서비스 보기`를 통해서 이동할 수 있습니다. 현재 남아있는 잔액 확인, 크레딧 충전, 사용 내역 검토를 할 수 있으며, 크레딧이 임계값 "
"아래로 떨어질 경우 알림을 받도록 설정할 수도 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:50
msgid "Get notified when credits are low"
msgstr "크레딧 부족 시 알림 설정"

#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:52
msgid ""
"To be notified when it’s time to recharge your credits, you can go to your "
"IAP Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my "
"Services`, unfold a service and check the Receive threshold warning option. "
"Then, you can provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, "
"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent by "
"email!"
msgstr ""
"크레딧을 재충전할 때가 되었다는 알림을 받으려면 :menuselection:`설정 앱 --> Odoo IAP --> 내 서비스 보기`를 "
"통하여 IAP 포털로 이동한 후, 서비스 메뉴를 열어서 임계값 경고 알림을 수신하겠다는 옵션을 선택합니다. 그런 다음 최소 크레딧과 "
"이메일 주소를 입력합니다. 이제 한도에 도달할 때마다 이메일로 자동 알림이 전송됩니다!"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3
msgid "Reporting"
msgstr "보고"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5
msgid ""
"You can find several reports under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most "
"apps that let you analyze and visualize the data of your records."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11
msgid "Selecting a view"
msgstr "화면보기 선택"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:13
msgid ""
"Depending on the report, Odoo can display the data in various ways. "
"Sometimes, a unique view fully tailored to the report is available, while "
"several views are available for others. However, two generic views are "
"dedicated to reporting: the graph and pivot views."
msgstr ""
"보고서에 따라서, Odoo에서는 다양한 방식으로 데이터를 보여줄 수 있습니다. 보고서 성격에 완전히 맞추어진 특수한 화면보기를 구현할 수"
" 있으며, 다양한 보기 화면을 채택하는 경우도 있습니다. 그러나 일반적으로는 그래프 보기와 피벗 보기 화면 두 가지 방식을 보고 전용으로"
" 사용하고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:20
msgid "Graph view"
msgstr "그래프 보기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:22
msgid ""
"The :ref:`graph view <reporting/using-graph>` is used to visualize your "
"records' data, helping you identify patterns and trends. The view is often "
"found under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found "
"elsewhere. Click the **graph view button** located at the top right to "
"access it."
msgstr ""
":ref:`그래프 보기 <reporting/using-graph>` 기능을 통해 레코드의 데이터를 시각화하여 패턴과 추세를 확인할 수 "
"있습니다. 보기 기능은 앱에 있는 :guilabel:`보고` 메뉴에서 선택하실 수 있으나 다른 방법으로도 이용하실 수 있습니다. 오른쪽 "
"상단에 있는 **그래프 보기 버튼**을 클릭하시면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1
msgid "Selecting the graph view"
msgstr "그래프 보기 선택"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:33
msgid "Pivot view"
msgstr "피벗 보기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:35
msgid ""
"The :ref:`pivot view <reporting/using-pivot>` is used to aggregate your "
"records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under "
"the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the"
" **pivot view button** located at the top right to access it."
msgstr ""
":ref:`피벗 보기 <reporting/using-pivot>`를 이용하여 레코드의 데이터를 집계하고 분석용 자료를 만들어낼 수 "
"있습니다. 앱에서 :guilabel:`보고` 메뉴에서 확인하실 수 있으며 다른 방법으로도 검색할 수 있습니다. 오른쪽 상단에 있는 "
"**피벗 보기 버튼**을 클릭하시면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1
msgid "Selecting the pivot view"
msgstr "피벗 화면보기 선택"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:45
msgid "Choosing measures"
msgstr "측정행 선택"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47
msgid ""
"After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are "
":doc:`filtered <search>`. Next, you should choose what is measured. By "
"default, a measure is always selected. If you wish to edit it, click "
":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures."
msgstr ""
"화면보기 선택 후, 해당되는 레코드만 :doc:`필터링 완료 <search>`되었는지 확인해야 합니다. 다음 단계로는 측정할 행을 "
"선택합니다. 기본으로 측정값은 항상 선택되어 있도록 설정되어 있습니다. 편집하시려면 :guilabel:`행`을 클릭하여 하나를 선택하면 "
"되며, 피벗의 경우에는 여러 개의 행을 선택하도록 합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:52
msgid ""
"When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field"
" for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer "
"<studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>`, :ref:`decimal <studio/fields/simple-"
"fields/decimal>`, :ref:`monetary <studio/fields/simple-fields/monetary>`) "
"can be measured. In addition, the :guilabel:`Count` option is used to count "
"the total number of filtered records."
msgstr ""
"측정값을 선택하면 Odoo에서는 해당 필드값을 필터링된 레코드로 집계하게 됩니다. 숫자 필드만 (:ref:`integer "
"<studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>`, :ref:`decimal <studio/fields/simple-"
"fields/decimal>`, :ref:`monetary <studio/fields/ simple-fields/monetary>`) "
"측정할 수도 있습니다. 또한 :guilabel:`계산` 옵션으로 필터가 완료된 레코드의 총 숫자를 계산할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:58
msgid ""
"After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should "
"be :ref:`grouped <search/group>` depending on the dimension you want to "
"analyze. By default, the data is often grouped by *Date > Month*, which is "
"used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months."
msgstr ""
"측정할 행을 선택한 후 분석하려는 열에 따라 데이터 :ref:`그룹 <search/group>`방법을 생성할 수 있습니다. 기본적으로 "
"데이터는 *날짜 > 월*별로 그룹화되는 경우가 대부분이며, 이는 몇 달에 걸친 측정값의 변화를 분석하는 데 사용됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:63
msgid ""
"When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against "
"another one appears."
msgstr "필터 조건으로 한 기간을 입력하면, 비교할 수 있는 다른 기간에 대한 옵션이 나타납니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Using the comparison option"
msgstr "비교 옵션 사용"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:72
msgid "Select measures"
msgstr "측정행 선택"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:74
msgid ""
"Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and "
":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the "
":guilabel:`Untaxed Amount` measure is selected."
msgstr ""
"측정행 중에서 :guilabel:`마진` 및 :guilabel:`계산` 값을 판매 분석 보고서에 추가할 수 있습니다. 기본적으로 "
":guilabel:`세전 금액` 값이 선택됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report"
msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 다른 측정행 선택하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:81
msgid "Group measures"
msgstr "측정행 그룹 만들기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:83
msgid ""
"You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of"
" rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example."
msgstr "이전의 판매 분석 보고서 예시에 있는 행에서 :guilabel:`품목 카테고리`별로 그룹화할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report"
msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에 그룹 추가"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:92
msgid "Using the pivot view"
msgstr "피벗 화면 사용하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:94
msgid ""
"Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down "
"the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`"
" option to quickly add a group at the level of rows, as shown in the example"
" above, you can also click the plus button (:guilabel:`➕`) next to the "
":guilabel:`Total` header at the level of rows *and* columns, and then select"
" one of the **preconfigured groups**. To remove one, click the minus button "
"(:guilabel:`➖`)."
msgstr ""
"피벗에서의 핵심은 데이터를 그룹으로 만드는 것입니다. 더 깊이 있게 데이터를 검토함으로써 수많은 시사점을 얻을 수 있게 됩니다. "
":guilabel:`그룹` 옵션을 사용하여 행 수준에서 간편하게 그룹을 추가할 수 있지만, 위의 예에서 볼 수 있듯이 "
":guilabel:`합계` 헤더를 행 *및* 열 수준에서 선택한 다음 옆에 있는 더하기 버튼 (:guilabel:`➕`)을 클릭한 후, "
"**사전 구성 그룹** 중 하나를 선택합니다. 삭제하려면 빼기 버튼 (:guilabel:`➖`)을 클릭하면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:100
msgid ""
"Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or "
"the newly created subgroups."
msgstr "그룹을 추가한 후에는, 반대쪽 축 또는 새로 생성된 하위 그룹에 새로운 그룹을 추가할 수도 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:104
msgid ""
"You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report "
"example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by "
"the :guilabel:`Order Date > Month` group on the :guilabel:`All / Saleable / "
"Office Furniture` product category."
msgstr ""
"이전 판매 분석 보고서 예제의 측정행을 세부적으로 나누어, 열 수준에서 :guilabel:`영업직원` 그룹으로 나눌 수 있으며, "
":guilabel:`전체 / 판매품 / 사무용 가구` 품목 카테고리를 :guilabel:`주문일 > 월` 그룹으로 세분화할 수도 "
"있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report"
msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에 여러 개의 그룹 추가하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:112
msgid ""
"Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button "
"(:guilabel:`⇄`)."
msgstr "축 전환 버튼 (:guilabel:`⇄`)을 클릭하여 행과 열의 그룹을 전환합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:113
msgid ""
"Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending"
" (⏷) order."
msgstr "오름차순 (⏶) 또는 내림차순 (⏷)으로 값을 정렬하려면 측정행의 레이블을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:114
msgid ""
"Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button "
"(:guilabel:`⭳`)."
msgstr "다운로드 버튼 (:guilabel:`⭳`)을 클릭하여 피벗을 `.xlsx` 버전으로 다운로드합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119
msgid "Using the graph view"
msgstr "그래프 화면 사용하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:121
msgid "Three graphs are available: the bar, line, and pie charts."
msgstr "막대, 선, 원 그래프의 세 가지 종류를 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:123
msgid ""
"**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several "
"categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data "
"sets."
msgstr ""
"**막대 그래프**는 여러 가지 카테고리의 분포 상황을 확인하거나 비교하는데 사용합니다. 데이터가 많은 경우에 특히 편리합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:126
msgid ""
"**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over "
"time."
msgstr "**선 그래프**는 시간의 경과에 따라 변화하는 시계열 및 추세를 표시하는 데 유용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:128
msgid ""
"**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small "
"number of categories when they form a meaningful whole."
msgstr "**원 그래프**는 적은 숫자의 카테고리 간의 분포나 비교를 통해 데이터 전체를 분석하고자 할 때 사용합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:133
msgid "Bar chart"
msgstr "막대 그래프"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart"
msgstr "영업 분석 보고서를 막대 그래프로 보기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:138
msgid "Line chart"
msgstr "선 그래프"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart"
msgstr "판매 분석 보고서를 꺾은선 그래프로 보기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:143
msgid "Pie chart"
msgstr "원 그래프"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart"
msgstr "판매 분석 보고서를 원 그래프로 보기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:149
msgid ""
"For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you "
"have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of "
"next to each other."
msgstr ""
"**막대** 그래프와 **선** 그래프 분석 대상 그룹이 두 개 이상인 경우에는 누적 옵션을 사용하면 그룹이 나란히 표시되지 않고 서로 "
"위에 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:154
msgid "Stacked bar chart"
msgstr "누적 막대 그래프"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Stacked bar chart example"
msgstr "누적 막대 그래프의 예시"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:159
msgid "Regular bar chart"
msgstr "일반 막대 그래프"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example"
msgstr "누적시키지 않는 막대 그래프의 예시"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:164
msgid "Stacked line chart"
msgstr "누적 꺾은선 그래프"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Stacked line chart example"
msgstr "누적 막대 그래프 예시"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169
#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:184
msgid "Regular line chart"
msgstr "일반 선 그래프"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Non-stacked line chart example"
msgstr "누적시키지 않는 막대 그래프의 예시"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:174
msgid ""
"For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which "
"is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period."
msgstr ""
"**꺾은선** 그래프의 경우 누적 옵션으로 값을 합산할 수 있으며, 이 기능은 일정 기간 동안의 성장률 변동을 확인하려고 할 때 특히 "
"유용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:179
msgid "Cumulative line chart"
msgstr "누적 선형 그래프"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Cumulative line chart example"
msgstr "누적 선형 그래프의 예시"

#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0
msgid "Regular line chart example"
msgstr "일반 선 그래프의 예시"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:3
msgid "Search and filter records"
msgstr "레코드 검색 및 필터"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo uses filters to include only the most relevant records depending on the"
" purpose of the view you are on. However, you can edit the default filter or"
" search for specific values."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서는 자료를 검토하는 목적에 따라 필터로 가장 관련성이 높은 레코드만 추출하여 사용합니다. 기본 필터를 편집하거나 특정 값을 "
"검색할 수도 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:11
msgid "Preconfigured filters"
msgstr "필터 설정"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:13
msgid ""
"You can modify the default selection of records by clicking "
":guilabel:`Filters` and selecting one or several **preconfigured filters**."
msgstr "레코드 기본 선택을 수정하려면 :guilabel:`필터`를 클릭 후 **사전 구성 필터** 중의 하나를 선택하시면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:17
msgid ""
"On the Sales Analysis report, only records at the sales order stage are "
"selected by default. However, you could *also* include records at the "
"quotation stage by selecting :guilabel:`Quotations`. Furthermore, you could "
"*only* include records from a specific year, for example *2022*, by "
"selecting :menuselection:`Order Date --> 2022`."
msgstr ""
"판매 분석 보고서에서는 판매주문서 단계의 레코드가 기본 선택되도록 설정되어 있습니다. 그렇지만 :guilabel:`견적서`를 선택하여 "
"견적서 발급 단계의 레코드를 *추가로* 넣게 할 수도 있습니다. 또한 *2022*년과 같이 특정 연도의 레코드*만* 선택하고 싶은 "
"경우에는 :menuselection:`주문일자 --> 2022`를 선택하면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0
msgid "Using preconfigured filters on the Sales Analysis report"
msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 사전 구성 필터 적용하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:27
msgid ""
"If you select preconfigured filters from the same group (i.e., that are "
"*not* separated by an horizontal line), the records can match *any* "
"condition to be included. However, if you select filters from different "
"groups, the records have to match *all* condition to be included."
msgstr ""
"같은 그룹 내에서 사전 구성 필터를 적용하게 되면 (즉, 가로선으로 구분되지 *않음*) 레코드가 *하나라도* 필터 조건에 맞기만 하면 "
"선택하게 됩니다. 그러나 다른 그룹에서 필터를 적용하는 경우에는 필터에서 *모든* 조건에 맞는 레코드만 포함시키게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:34
msgid "Custom filters"
msgstr "사용자 지정 필터"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:36
msgid ""
"You can create custom filters using most fields present on the model by "
"clicking :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, selecting a field, "
"an operator, a value, and clicking :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"맞춤형으로 필터를 생성하려면 :menuselection:`필터 --> 사용자 지정 필터 추가`를 클릭하여 필드와 명령어, 값을 선택하고 "
":guilabel:`적용`를 클릭하면 필드 전체를 사용할 수 있도록 필터를 만들어낼 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:41
msgid ""
"You could *only* include records from a single salesperson on the Sales "
"Analysis report, for example *Mitchell Admin*, by selecting "
":guilabel:`Salesperson` as the field, :guilabel:`is equal to` as the "
"operator, and typing `Mitchell Admin` as the value."
msgstr ""
"판매 분석 보고서에 *Mitchell Admin*과 같이 영업 담당 직원 한 명의 레코드*만* 집계하려면, 필드로 "
":guilabel:`영업직원`을 선택하고 명령어로 :guilabel:`같음`을 선택하고 값으로 'Mitchell Admin'을 "
"입력합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0
msgid "Using a custom filter on the Sales Analysis report"
msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 사용자 지정 필터 사용하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:50
msgid ""
"If the records should *only* match one of several conditions, click "
":guilabel:`Add a condition` before applying a custom filter. If the records "
"should match *all* conditions, add new custom filters instead."
msgstr ""
"여러 조건에서 하나*만* 해당하는 레코드를 선택하려면 사용자 지정 필터를 적용하기 전에 :guilabel:`조건 추가`를 클릭하십시오. "
"*모든* 조건에 해당하는 레코드를 선택하려면 대신 새로운 사용자 지정 필터를 추가하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:57
msgid "Search for values"
msgstr "값 검색"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:59
msgid ""
"You can use the search field to quickly look for specific values and add "
"them as a filter. Either type the full value you are searching for and "
"select the desired field, or type a part of the value, click the dropdown "
"button (:guilabel:`⏵`) before the chosen field, and select the exact value "
"you are looking for."
msgstr ""
"검색창을 이용하여 바로 특정 값 검색이나 필터 추가를 할 수 있습니다. 전체 검색값을 입력하여 원하는 필드를 선택하거나 일부값만 입력할 "
"경우 선택한 필드 앞에 있는 드롭다운 버튼 (:guilabel:`⏵`)으로 찾을 값을 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:65
msgid ""
"Instead of adding a custom filter to select records where *Mitchell Admin* "
"is the salesperson on the Sales Analysis report, you could search for "
"`Mitch`, click the dropdown button (:guilabel:`⏵`) next to :guilabel:`Search"
" Salesperson for: Mitch`, and select :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`."
msgstr ""
"판매 분석 보고서에 영업직원 레코드에서 *Mitchell Admin*를 검색하려면 사용자 지정 필터를 추가하지 않고도 `Mitch`만 "
"입력 후 :guilabel:`영업직원 검색: Mitch` 옆에 있는 드롭다운 버튼 (:guilabel:`⏵`)을 클릭한 후 "
":guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`을 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0
msgid "Searching for a specific value on the Sales Analysis report"
msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 특정값 검색하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:75
msgid ""
"Using the search field is equivalent to using the *contains* operator when "
"adding a custom filter. If you enter a partial value and directly select the"
" desired field, *all* records containing the characters you typed for the "
"selected field will be included."
msgstr ""
"검색창을 사용하면 사용자 지정 필터에서 명령어로 *포함* 을 사용하는 것과 동일하게 검색이 됩니다. 일부값만 입력한 후 원하는 필드를 "
"직접 선택하면 선택 필드로 입력한 문자가 포함된 *전체* 레코드가 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:82
msgid "Group records"
msgstr "레코드 그룹 만들기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:84
msgid ""
"You can click :guilabel:`Group By` below the search field to cluster records"
" together according to one of the **preconfigured groups**."
msgstr "검색 필드 아래의 :guilabel:`그룹`을 클릭하면**사전 구성 그룹**으로 레코드를 그룹화할 수 있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:88
msgid ""
"You could group the records by salesperson on the Sales Analysis report by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Group By` and selecting :guilabel:`Salesperson`. No "
"records are filtered out."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`그룹`에서 :guilabel:`영업직원`을 선택하면 판매 분석 보고서에서 레코드를 영업 직원별로 그룹화할 수 "
"있습니다. 모든 레코드가 필터없이 포함됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0
msgid "Grouping records on the Sales Analysis report"
msgstr "판매 분석 보고서에서 레코드 그룹 만들기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95
msgid ""
"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on "
"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, "
"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"모델에 있는 다양한 필드를 사용하여 **사용자 지정 그룹**을 만들 수 있습니다. :menuselection:`그룹 --> 사용자 지정 "
"그룹 추가`를 클릭하여 필드를 선택한 다음 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99
msgid ""
"You can use several groups at the same time. The first group you select is "
"the main cluster, the next one you add further divides the main group's "
"categories, and so on."
msgstr ""
"여러 그룹을 동시에 사용할 수 있습니다. 선택한 첫 번째 그룹은 기본 그룹이고, 그 다음으로 추가되는 그룹부터는 기본 그룹 카테고리에서 "
"세부적으로 나뉘게 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5
msgid "Users and companies"
msgstr "사용자 및 회사"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7
msgid ""
"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform "
"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict"
" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users "
"and access rights can be added and changed at any point."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서 *사용자*는 일상적인 작업을 수행하기 위해 데이터베이스에 액세스할 수 있는 사람으로 정의합니다. 필요한 숫자만큼 사용자를 "
"추가할 수 있으며 각 사용자가 액세스할 수 있는 정보에 대한 종류를 제한하기 위해 규칙을 적용시킬 수도 있습니다. 사용자 및 액세스 "
"권한은 언제든지 추가하거나 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3
msgid "Access Rights"
msgstr "액세스 권한"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:5
msgid ""
"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to "
":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`."
msgstr ""
":ref:`개발자 모드 `를 활성화한 다음 :menuselection:`설정 --> 사용자 및 회사 --> 그룹`으로 이동합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9
msgid "Groups"
msgstr "그룹"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:14
msgid ""
"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights "
"<users/add-individual>`, details of the rules and inheritances of that group"
" are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are "
"created to define rules to models within an application."
msgstr ""
"사용자가 :ref:`액세스 권한 <users/add-individual>`에서 액세스할 수 있는 그룹을 선택하는 경우,  해당 그룹의 "
"규칙 및 상속 항목에 대한 세부 정보가 표시되지 않으므로 *그룹* 메뉴가 함께 제공됩니다. *그룹* 메뉴는 응용 프로그램 내에서 모델에 "
"대한 규칙을 정의하기 위해 생성됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:16
msgid ""
"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative"
" rights are shown in black."
msgstr "*사용자* 메뉴에 현재 사용자 목록을 확인할 수 있습니다. 관리자 권한이 있는 경우 검은색으로 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1
msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 사용자 탭이 강조되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22
msgid ""
"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are "
"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who "
"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to "
"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*."
msgstr ""
"*상속* 이란 이 응용 프로그램 그룹에 추가된 사용자가 다음 그룹으로 자동 추가된다는 것을 의미합니다. 아래의 예시와 같이 *영업*의 "
"*관리자* 그룹에 대한 액세스 권한이 있는 사용자의 경우에는 *웹사이트/편집 제한* 및 *영업/사용자:모든 문서*에도 접근이 가능합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1
msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 상속 탭이 강조되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32
msgid ""
"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that "
"they are being applied to the needed and right users."
msgstr "필요한 사용자가 맞는지 또한 올바른 사용자에게 적용되고 있는지를 확인하기 위해 설정 변경 중 항상 테스트를 실시해야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:35
msgid ""
"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have "
"access to."
msgstr "*메뉴* 탭에서는 사용자가 액세스할 수 있는 메뉴 (모델)을 정의합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1
msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 메뉴 탭이 강조되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42
msgid ""
"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed "
"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each "
"model, enable the following options as appropriate:"
msgstr ""
"*액세스 권한* 규칙은 첫 번째 수준의 권한 규칙입니다. 모델에 부여된 기술명인 개체 이름으로 필드를 구성합니다. 각 모델에 대해서 다음"
" 옵션을 적절하게 이용할 수 있도록 합니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:45
msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user."
msgstr "*읽기*: 사용자만 해당 개체값을 확인할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:46
msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user."
msgstr "*편집*: 사용자만 해당 개체값을 편집할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:47
msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user."
msgstr "*생성*: 사용자만 해당 개체값을 생성할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:48
msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user."
msgstr "*삭제*: 사용자만 해당 개체값을 삭제할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1
msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 접근 권한 탭이 강조되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55
msgid ""
"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be "
"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*."
msgstr "편집 및 인지 규칙의 두번째 단계로, *기록 규칙*을 구성할 수 있습니다. *액세스 권한*을 덮어쓰거나 수정합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:58
msgid ""
"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to "
"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of "
"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, "
"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values."
msgstr ""
"레코드 규칙은 *도메인*을 사용하여 만듭니다. 도메인은 데이터를 필터링하거나 검색하는데 사용되는 조건입니다. 따라서 도메인의 표현식은 "
"조건 항목의 목록으로 이루어집니다. 각 규칙에 대해서 *읽기*, *편집*, *생성*, *삭제* 값 옵션 중에서 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1
msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 레코드 규칙 탭이 강조되어 있는 그룹 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65
msgid ""
"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For "
"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our "
"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo."
msgstr ""
"액세스 권한을 변경할 경우 데이터베이스에 큰 영향을 미치게 될 수 있습니다. 이러한 이유로 Odoo의 도메인에 대해서 잘 알지 못하는 "
"경우에는 Odoo 비즈니스 분석 전문가 또는 지원팀으로 문의하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3
msgid "Companies"
msgstr "회사"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5
msgid ""
"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies"
" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and"
" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated "
"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the "
"overall management process."
msgstr ""
"중앙집중식 관리 환경을 통하여 여러 회사를 동시에 선택할 수 있으며 특정 창고나 고객, 장비 및 연락처 항목을 설정할 수 있습니다. "
"인터페이스 전환 없이도 집계된 수치에 대한 보고서를 제공할 수 있기 때문에, 일상적인 작업 및 관리 프로세스 전반을 개선할 수 있게 "
"됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13
msgid "Manage companies and records"
msgstr "회사 및 자료 관리"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form "
"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records "
"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are "
"active)."
msgstr ""
"메뉴 항목에서 :menuselection:`설정 --> 회사 관리`로 이동하여 회사 정보로 양식을 작성하십시오. *모회사*를 선택하는 "
"경우 두 회사 간에 자료를 공유하게 됩니다 (두 회사 모두 환경 설정에서 활성화되어 있는 경우)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1
msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 신규 회사 양식 전체보기 "

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24
msgid ""
"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` to choose a *Favicon* "
"for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. "
"Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and "
"ICO are extensions accepted."
msgstr ""
":ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>` 를 활성화하여 각 회사별로 *파비콘*을 선택하시면 브라우저 탭으로 쉽게 각각을 "
"식별할 수 있습니다. 파비콘의 파일 크기는 16x16 또는 32x32 픽셀로 설정합니다. 파일 확장자 JPG, PNG, GIF, 또는 "
"ICO 형식이 허용되고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 선택한 특정 회사의 웹브라우저 및 파비콘 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33
msgid ""
"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection "
"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is "
"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example "
"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the "
"environment in use is of *JS Store US*."
msgstr ""
"선택란을 활성화하면 여러 회사 간에 전환이나 선택이 가능합니다. 회색으로 표시된 회사는 설정 환경을 사용 중인 회사입니다. 환경을 "
"전환하려면 회사 이름을 클릭하십시오. 아래의 예와 같이, 사용자는 세 개 회사에 액세스할 수 있으며 이 중 두 개 회사는 활성화 중이고 "
"*JS Store US*의 환경을 사용하고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1
msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo 메인 현황판에서 볼 수 있는 회사 메뉴 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42
msgid ""
"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be "
"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:"
msgstr ""
"품목이나 연락처, 장비 데이터와 같은 정보를 공유할 수 있으며 특정 회사만 확인할 수 있도록 설정할 수도 있습니다. 설정하려면 양식의 "
"다음 항목 중에서 선택합니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45
msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies."
msgstr "*필드가 공란인 경우*: 자료가 모든 회사와 공유됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46
msgid ""
"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that "
"specific company."
msgstr "*회사 추가*: 특정 회사로 로그인한 사용자가 자료를 확인할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1
msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales"
msgstr "Odoo 영업에서 회사 필드가 강조되어 있는 품목 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53
msgid "Employees' access"
msgstr "직원 접근 권한"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55
msgid ""
"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights "
"<access_rights>` for *Multi Companies*."
msgstr ""
"회사 항목을 생성 후에는 *다중 회사*에 직원이 사용할 수 있는 :doc:`접근 권한 <access_rights>`을 설정합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n"
"in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 접근 권한 탭에서 다중 회사 필드가 강조되어 있는 사용자 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64
msgid ""
"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is "
"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company."
msgstr ""
"데이터베이스에서 사용자가 여러 개의 회사를 *활성화*하여 레코드를 **편집**하는 경우, 레코드와 연관되어 있는 회사 항목에 편집 내용이"
" 적용됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67
msgid ""
"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on "
"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US "
"(the company from which the sale order was issued)."
msgstr ""
"예: JS Store Belgium 회사 정보로 작업하는 동안 JS Store US에서 발행된 판매주문서 자료를 편집하는 경우 변경 "
"사항은 JS Store US (주문서 발행 회사)에 적용됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68
msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:"
msgstr "레코드 **생성** 시 회사와 관련되어 다음과 같은 내용을 고려합니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70
msgid "The current company (the one active) or,"
msgstr "현재 사용 중인 회사이거나 (활성화되어 있는 회사),"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71
msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or,"
msgstr "설정한 회사 정보가 없거나 (제품 및 연락처 양식에 기재된 정보),"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72
msgid ""
"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record "
"is being edited)."
msgstr "문서에 연결된 것과 동일한 회사 정보가 설정된 경우 (레코드를 편집하는 것과 같음)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75
msgid "Documents’ format"
msgstr "문서 형식"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77
msgid ""
"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*"
" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document "
"Layout*."
msgstr ""
"회사별로 문서 형식을 다르게 설정하려면 각각의 회사 항목을 *활성화*하여 *선택*한 후 *설정*에서 *문서 레이아웃 구성*을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 문서 레이아웃 필드가 강조되어 있는 설정 페이지 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85
msgid "Inter-Company Transactions"
msgstr "회사간 자료 교환"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87
msgid ""
"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:"
msgstr "먼저 회사 항목에서 다음 내용이 제대로 설정되어 있는지 확인하시기 바랍니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89
msgid ""
":doc:`Chart of Accounts "
"<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`"
msgstr ":doc:`계정과목표 <../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90
msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`"
msgstr ":doc:`세금 <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91
msgid ""
":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`"
msgstr ":doc:`재정 상태 <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92
msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`"
msgstr ":doc:`전표 <../../finance/accounting/bank>`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93
msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`"
msgstr ":doc:`재무 현지화 <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94
msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`"
msgstr ":doc:`가격표 <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96
msgid ""
"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With"
" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like"
" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level "
"or at a sales/purchase orders level."
msgstr ""
"이제 *설정*에서 *회사 간 거래* 옵션을 사용하도록 활성화합니다. 각각의 회사 항목을 *활성화*하고 *선택*한 상태에서 "
"청구서/업체청구서 또는 판매/구매발주 중 어느 수준에서 회사 간 작업을 동기화할지 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in"
" Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 회사 간 거래 필드가 강조되어 있는 설정 페이지 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104
msgid ""
"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company "
"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company."
msgstr "**청구서/업체청구서 동기화**: 선택한 회사에 대한 청구서/업체청구서를 확정하면 해당 청구서/업체청구서를 생성합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107
msgid ""
"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, "
"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store "
"Belgium."
msgstr ""
"*예시:* JS Store US에 대해 JS Store Belgium로 청구서를 발행하면, 자동으로 JS Store Belgium에서 "
"JS Store US 측으로 보내는 업체 청구서가 생성됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1
msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 JS Store Belgium가 발행한 JS Store US에 대한 청구서 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114
msgid ""
"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales "
"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is "
"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales "
"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*."
msgstr ""
"**판매/구매발주서 동기화**: 선택한 회사에 대한 판매/구매 주문 확정이 완료되면 해당 회사의 창고를 기준으로 판매/구매발주서 초안을 "
"생성합니다. 판매/구매 관련 초안 서류를 작성하는 대신 바로 자료를 승인하게 하려면 *자동 확인* 기능을 활성화하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118
msgid ""
"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store "
"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and "
"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)."
msgstr ""
"*예:* JS Store Belgium에서 JS Store US의 판매 주문이 확인되면 JS Store Belgium의 구매 관련 서류는"
" 자동으로 생성됩니다 (또한 *자동 확인* 기능이 활성화된 경우에는 확정됩니다)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 JS Store Belgium에서 JS Store US 회사로 발주한 구매 서류 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127
msgid ""
"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between "
"the companies."
msgstr "각 품목은 *판매 가능*으로 설정되어야 하며 회사 간에 공유 상태로 있어야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130
msgid ""
"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator."
msgstr "전체 업무 흐름을 테스트하려면 관리자가 아닌 사용자로 로그인하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133
msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`"
msgstr ":doc:`다중 회사 가이드라인 </developer/howtos/company>`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134
msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3
msgid "Change language"
msgstr "언어 변경"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and"
" each user can use Odoo in his own language ."
msgstr "Odoo에서는 여러 가지의 언어를 지원하고 있으며, 각 사용자는 모국어로 Odoo를 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:9
msgid "Load your desired language"
msgstr "사용할 언어 로딩"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:11
msgid ""
"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo "
"instance."
msgstr "가장 먼저 해야 할 작업은 Odoo 인스턴스에 원하는 언어를 로딩하는 것입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:14
msgid ""
"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of"
" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, "
"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**"
msgstr ""
"일반 대시보드에서 **설정** 앱을 클릭합니다; 페이지 왼쪽 상단에서 :menuselection:`번역 --> 번역 불러오기`,를 "
"선택하고 설치할 언어를 선택한 후 **불러오기**를 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:23
msgid ""
"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option"
" to change the navigation language on your website."
msgstr "\"번역할 웹사이트\" 확인란에 표시하게 되면 웹사이트에서 탐색 언어를 변경할 수 있는 옵션이 제공됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:27
msgid "Change your language"
msgstr "사용 언어 변경"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:29
msgid ""
"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-"
"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**."
msgstr "화면 오른쪽 상단의 드롭다운 메뉴로 이동하여 **개인 설정** 메뉴를 선택하면 설치된 언어로 언어를 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:36
msgid ""
"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr "그 후 언어 설정을 설치된 언어로 변경한 후 **저장** 버튼을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:42
msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes."
msgstr "변경 내용을 확인하려면 새로 메뉴를 열어 보십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:45
msgid "Change another user's language"
msgstr "다른 사용자의 언어 변경"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:47
msgid ""
"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred "
"language."
msgstr "Odoo에서는 사용자들이 선호하는 언어를 선택할 수 있는 기능도 제공하고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:50
msgid ""
"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users "
"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you "
"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the "
"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can"
" change the Language to any previously installed language and click "
"**SAVE.**"
msgstr ""
"다른 사용자의 언어를 변경하려면 설정 앱에서 :menuselection:`사용자 --> 사용자` 메뉴를 선택합니다. 해당 메뉴 항목에서 "
"전체 사용자 목록을 확인하실 수 있으며 언어를 변경하라는 사용자를 선택할 수 있습니다. 사용자를 선택한 후 왼쪽 상단에 있는 **편집**"
" 버튼을 클릭합니다. 개인 설정 메뉴에서 이전에 설치한 언어를 선택한 후 **저장** 을 선택하면 언어를 변경할 수 있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61
msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`"
msgstr ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3
msgid "Manage users"
msgstr "관리자급 사용자"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:5
msgid ""
"Odoo defines a **user** as someone who has access to a database to perform "
"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict"
" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users "
"and access rights can be added and changed at any point."
msgstr ""
"Odoo에서 **사용자**는 일상적인 작업을 수행하기 위해 데이터베이스에 액세스할 수 있는 사람으로 정의합니다. 필요한 숫자만큼 사용자를"
" 추가할 수 있으며 각 사용자가 액세스할 수 있는 정보에 대한 종류를 제한하기 위해 규칙을 적용시킬 수도 있습니다. 사용자 및 액세스 "
"권한은 언제든지 추가하거나 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:10
msgid ":doc:`language`"
msgstr ":doc:`language`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:11
msgid ":doc:`access_rights`"
msgstr ":doc:`access_rights`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:16
msgid "Add individual users"
msgstr "개별 사용자 추가"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:18
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*."
msgstr "다음 메뉴로 이동 :메뉴 선택:`설정 --> 사용자 관리` 로 이동 후 *생성*을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1
msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 사용자 관리 필드가 강조되어 있는 설정 페이지 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:27
msgid ""
"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access "
"Rights <access_rights>` choose the group within each application the user "
"can have access to."
msgstr ""
"해당 양식에 필요한 정보를 입력하십시오. :doc:`접근 권한<access_rights>` 탭 하단에 사용자가 액세스할 수 있는 각 응용"
" 프로그램 내의 그룹을 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:28
msgid ""
"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the"
" database."
msgstr "표시된 응용 프로그램 목록은 데이터베이스에 설치되어 있는 프로그램을 기준으로 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1
msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 접근 권한 탭이 강조되어 있는 사용자 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:34
msgid ""
"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email "
"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the "
"invitation and create a login."
msgstr ""
"페이지 편집을 완료한 후 *저장*하면 자동으로 사용자에게 초대 이메일이 전송됩니다. 사용자가 초대를 수락하고 로그인 정보를 생성하려면 "
"해당 정보를 클릭해야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been"
" sent in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo에서 이메일 초대장을 발송했다는 알림이 떠 있는 사용자 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:42
msgid ""
"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our "
"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information."
msgstr ""
"사용자 수에 따라서 구독 요금이 달라지게 됩니다. '요금 안내 페이지<https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_를 "
"참고하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:46
msgid ""
"With the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` activated, *User Types* can "
"be selected."
msgstr ":ref:`개발자 모드<developer-mode>`가 활성화되면 *사용자 유형*을 선택할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1
msgid ""
"View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in "
"Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 사용자 유형 필드가 강조되어 있는 개발자 모드에서의 사용자 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:53
msgid ""
"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. "
"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and "
"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups."
msgstr ""
"*포털* 및 *일반 공개* 옵션에서는 액세스 권한을 선택할 수 없습니다. 회원에게는 특정 권한 (예: 기록 규칙 및 제한된 메뉴)이 "
"부여되며 일반적으로 Odoo 그룹에 소속되지 않습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:60
msgid "Deactivate users"
msgstr "사용자 비활성화"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:62
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, open the "
"user you want to deactivate, click on *Action*, and then on *Archive*."
msgstr ""
"메뉴를 선택하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 사용자 및 회사 --> 사용자`로 이동하여 비활성화하려는 사용자를 선택하여 "
"*작업*을 클릭한 후 *보관 처리*를 선택합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:66
msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)."
msgstr "**절대** 기본 사용자를 비활성화하지 마십시오 (*어드민*)."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:71
msgid "Passwords management"
msgstr "비밀번호 관리"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:76
msgid "Reset passwords"
msgstr "비밀번호 재설정"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:81
msgid "Enable password resets from login page"
msgstr "로그인 화면에서 비밀번호 재설정 허용"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:83
msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page."
msgstr "로그인 페이지에서 직접 비밀번호 재설정 항목을 실행할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:85
msgid ""
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate "
"**Password Reset** and *Save*."
msgstr ""
"이렇게 하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 승인`으로 이동하여 **비밀번호 재설정** 및 *저장* 기능을 활성화시킵니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1
msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings"
msgstr "Odoo 설정에서 암호 재설정 기능 활성화하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:94
msgid "Send reset instructions to users"
msgstr "사용자에게 재설정 안내 전송"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:96
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the "
"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its "
"user form. An email is automatically sent to them."
msgstr ""
"메뉴 항목에 :menuselection:`설정 --> 사용자 및 회사 --> 사용자`로 이동하여, 목록에서 사용자를 선택한 후 사용자 "
"양식에서 *비밀번호 재설정 안내 전송*을 클릭합니다. 안내 이메일이 자동으로 전송됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:101
msgid ""
"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo "
"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user."
msgstr "*비밀번호 재설정 안내 전송* 버튼은 Odoo 에서 발송한 초대 이메일을 확인한 경우에만 나타납니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:104
msgid ""
"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along"
" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page."
msgstr ""
"이메일에 Odoo 로그인 페이지로 사용자가 이동할 수 있도록 링크를 첨부하고 있으며 비밀번호를 재설정하는 데 필요한 내용 모두를 담고 "
"있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1
msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account"
msgstr "Odoo 계정 비밀번호 재설정 링크가 첨부되어 있는 이메일 예시"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:114
msgid "Change users’ passwords"
msgstr "사용자 비밀번호 변경"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:116
msgid ""
"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users  & Companies --> Users` and select "
"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change "
"Password*."
msgstr ""
":menuselection:`설정 --> 사용자 및 회사 --> 사용자`로 이동하여 양식에 접근 권한이 있는 사용자를 선택합니다. "
"*작업* 버튼을 클릭하고 *비밀번호 변경*을 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1
msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo"
msgstr "다른 Odoo 사용자의 비밀번호 변경"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:123
msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*."
msgstr "새로운 비밀번호를 입력 후 *비밀번호 변경*을 눌러 확인합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:126
msgid ""
"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not "
"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, "
"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-"
"email>`."
msgstr ""
"이 작업은 로컬 항목에서만 사용자의 비밀번호를 수정하며 Odoo.com 상의 계정에는 영향을 미치지 않습니다. Odoo.com 에서 "
"사용하는 비밀번호를 변경하시려면 :ref:`비밀번호 재설정 안내 <users/reset-password-email>`를 참고하시기 "
"바랍니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:130
msgid ""
"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo"
" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password."
msgstr ""
"*비밀번호 변경*을 한번 더 클릭합니다. 그 후 새로운 암호를 사용하여 접속하면 데이터베이스에 다시 접근할 수 있는 Odoo 로그인 "
"페이지로 이동합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:136
msgid "Multi Companies"
msgstr "여러 회사 관리"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:138
msgid ""
"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple "
"companies database you hold the user can have access."
msgstr ""
"*여러 회사 관리* 필드를 사용하면 관리하고 있는 여러 회사의 데이터베이스 중 어떤 회사에 사용자의 접근을 허용할지 설정할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:142
msgid ""
"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of "
"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is"
" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this "
"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation."
msgstr ""
"올바른 방법으로 처리되지 못한 경우, 여러 회사 관리에 있어서 일관성없이 진행되는 원인이 될 수 있음을 주의하시기 바랍니다. 따라서 "
"Odoo에 대해 충분히 파악하는 것이 필요합니다. 기술적인 내용에 대한 설명은 :doc:`이 "
"</developer/howtos/company>` 문서를 참조하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1
msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo"
msgstr "Odoo의 다중 회사 필드가 강조되어 있는 사용자 양식 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:152
msgid ":doc:`companies`"
msgstr ":doc:`회사`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:3
msgid "Odoo.com account changes"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:5
msgid ""
"This documentation is dedicated to edits made to an Odoo.com account. The "
"following processes describe how to delete an Odoo.com account, and how to "
"change the password on an Odoo.com account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:9
msgid "Delete Odoo.com account"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:11
msgid ""
"To delete an Odoo.com account, start by clicking the profile icon in the "
"upper-right corner (represented by the username and icon) to reveal a drop-"
"down menu. From the drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`My Odoo.com account`, "
"which reveals the user portal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:15
msgid ""
"From the user portal, the delete option can be accessed by going to "
":menuselection:`My Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. "
"It can also be accessed by going to `https://www.odoo.com/my/home "
"<https://www.odoo.com/my/home>`_."
msgstr ""
"사용자 포털에서 :menuselection:`내 계정 --> 보안 설정 편집 --> 계정 삭제` 메뉴로 이동하면 삭제 옵션에 액세스할 수"
" 있습니다. 또는 https://www.odoo.com/my/home 를 통해 해당 메뉴에 액세스할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:20
msgid ""
"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Be careful performing this action,"
" as the Odoo.com account is **not** retrievable once deleted."
msgstr ""
"Odoo 계정을 삭제한 후에는 취소할 수 없습니다. 삭제가 완료되면 Odoo.com 계정은 복구할 수 **없으므로** 신중하게 결정하시기"
" 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:23
msgid ""
"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window "
"appears, requesting confirmation for the account deletion."
msgstr "메뉴에서 :guilabel:`계정 삭제`를 클릭하면 계정 삭제 여부를 확인하는 팝업창이 표시됩니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst-1
msgid ""
"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the "
"change."
msgstr "계정 삭제 버튼을 클릭하면 변경 사항 확인용으로 별도 창이 나타납니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:30
msgid ""
"To confirm the deletion, enter the :guilabel:`Password` and the "
":guilabel:`Login` for the account being deleted. Then, click the "
":guilabel:`Delete Account` button to confirm the deletion."
msgstr ""
"삭제 확인을 하려면 삭제할 계정의 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 및 :guilabel:`로그인`을 입력합니다. :guilabel:`계정 "
"삭제`를 클릭하면 삭제가 확정됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:34
msgid "Odoo.com account password change"
msgstr "Odoo.com 계정 비밀번호 변경"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:36
msgid ""
"To change an Odoo.com account password, first login into the Odoo.com user "
"account from the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-"
"right corner of the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon "
"next to the profile icon. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal "
"dashboard appears."
msgstr ""
"Odoo.com 계정 비밀번호를 변경하려면, 먼저 Odoo.com 로그인 페이지에서 Odoo.com 사용자 계정으로 로그인합니다. 로그인"
" 후 화면 오른쪽 상단으로 이동하여 프로필 아이콘 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`▼ (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 "
":guilabel:`내 계정`을 선택하면 포털 현황판이 나타납니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:41
msgid ""
"To change the Odoo.com password, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security "
"Settings` link, below the :menuselection:`Account Security` section. Next, "
"make the necessary changes by typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, "
":guilabel:`New Password`, and verify the new password. Lastly, click on "
":guilabel:`Change Password` to complete the password change."
msgstr ""
"고객이 포털에 접속하기 위해 비밀번호를 변경하려면, :guilabel:`보안 설정 편집` 링크 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`계정 "
"보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음, 현재 사용 중인 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 및 :guilabel:`새 비밀번호`를 입력하여 "
"필요 항목을 변경하고 새로운 비밀번호를 확인합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`비밀번호 변경`을 클릭하여 비밀번호 변경을 완료합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:47
msgid ""
"If a customer would like to change the login, contact Odoo support `here "
"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_."
msgstr ""
"로그인 정보를 변경하려는 고객께서는 Odoo 고객팀으로 `문의 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:51
msgid ""
"Passwords for Odoo.com users and portal users remain separate, even if the "
"same email address is used."
msgstr "이메일 주소가 동일하더라도 Odoo.com 사용자와 포털 사용자의 비밀번호는 별개입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:55
#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:143
msgid "Add two-factor authentication"
msgstr "2단계 인증 추가"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:57
msgid ""
"To add two-factor authentication, login into the Odoo.com user account from "
"the Odoo.com login page. After logging-in, go to the upper-right corner of "
"the screen, and click the :guilabel:`▼ (down arrow)` icon next to the "
":guilabel:`profile icon`. Then, select :guilabel:`My Account`, and a portal "
"dashboard appears."
msgstr ""
"2단계 인증을 추가하려면, Odoo.com 로그인 페이지에서 Odoo.com 사용자 계정으로 로그인합니다. 로그인 후 화면 오른쪽 "
"상단으로 이동하여 :guilabel:`프로필 아이콘` 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`▼ (아래쪽 화살표)` 아이콘 을 클릭합니다. 그런 "
"다음 :guilabel:`내 계정`을 선택하면 포털 현황판이 나타납니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:62
msgid ""
"If the user would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for "
"Odoo.com access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link below "
"the :menuselection:`Account Security` section."
msgstr ""
"사용자가 Odoo.com 접속용으로 2단계 인증 (2FA)을 사용하려면 :menuselection:`보안 설정 편집` 링크 아래 있는 "
":guilabel:`계정 보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:65
msgid ""
"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA "
"(two-factor authentication)`. Then, confirm the current password in the "
":guilabel:`Password` field. Next, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. "
"Following that, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a "
":abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, "
"etc.), by scanning the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a "
":guilabel:`Verification Code`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`2단계 인증 사용`을 클릭하여 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`를 활성화합니다. :guilabel:`비밀번호` "
"필드에서 현재 사용 중인 포털 비밀번호를 확인합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`비밀번호 확인`을 클릭합니다. 그 다음, "
":abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)` 앱 (Google Authenticator, Authy 등)에서 :guilabel:`QR 코드`를 "
"스캔하거나 :guilabel:`인증 코드`를 입력하여 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`를 활성화합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:71
msgid ""
"Finally, click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete "
"the setup."
msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`2단계 인증 사용`을 클릭하여 설정을 완료합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:74
msgid ""
"Under :guilabel:`My Account` Odoo.com users can also access the following:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:76
msgid ":guilabel:`My Partner dashboard`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:77
msgid ":guilabel:`My In-App Services`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/odoo_account.rst:78
msgid ":guilabel:`My Apps Dashboard`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3
msgid "Portal access"
msgstr "포탈 액세스"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:7
msgid ""
"Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain "
"documents or information within an Odoo database."
msgstr "Odoo 데이터베이스 내의 특정 문서나 정보 확인이 필요한 사용자에게 포털 액세스 권한을 부여합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:10
msgid ""
"Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers"
" to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:"
msgstr ""
"포털 액세스 권한을 부여하는 일반적인 사용 사례로는, Odoo에서 다음과 같은 항목 전체 혹은 일부를 고객이 읽거나 확인할 수 있도록 "
"하는 것이 포함됩니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13
msgid "leads/opportunities"
msgstr "영업제안/영업기회"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14
msgid "quotations/sales orders"
msgstr "견적서/판매주문서"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15
msgid "purchase orders"
msgstr "구매발주서"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16
msgid "invoices & bills"
msgstr "청구서 및 공급업체 청구서"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17
msgid "projects"
msgstr "프로젝트"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18
msgid "tasks"
msgstr "작업"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19
msgid "timesheets"
msgstr "작업시간표"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20
msgid "tickets"
msgstr "고객 상담"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:21
msgid "signatures"
msgstr "서명"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:22
msgid "subscriptions"
msgstr "구독"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:25
msgid ""
"Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any "
"documents in the database."
msgstr "포털 사용자에게는 읽기/보기 권한만 부여되며, 데이터베이스 내의 어떤 문서도 편집할 수 없습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29
msgid "Provide portal access to customers"
msgstr "고객에게 포털 액세스 제공"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:31
msgid ""
"From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. "
"If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the "
":guilabel:`Create` button, enter the details of the contact, and then click "
":guilabel:`Save`. Otherwise, choose an existing contact, and then click on "
"the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu located at the top-center of the "
"interface."
msgstr ""
"기본 Odoo 대시보드에서 :guilabel:`연락처` 앱을 선택합니다. 데이터베이스에서 연락처가 아직 생성되지 않은 경우에는 "
":guilabel:`연락처`를 클릭하여 연락처의 세부 정보를 입력한 후, :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 또는 기존 "
"연락처를 선택한 후 다음 화면 중앙 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`작업` 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1
msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40
msgid ""
"Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, "
"listing three fields:"
msgstr "그런 다음 :guilabel:`포털 액세스 권한 부여`를 선택합니다. 필드 세 개로 구성된 팝업창이 나타납니다:"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database"
msgstr ":guilabel:`연락처`: Odoo 데이터베이스에 저장되어 있는 연락처 이름"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:43
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log "
"into the portal"
msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일`: 포털 로그인에 사용할 연락처의 이메일 주소"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44
msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access"
msgstr ":guilabel:`포털 액세스`: 사용자에게 포털 액세스 권한 부여 여부"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:46
msgid ""
"To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they "
"will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In"
" Portal` column. Optionally, add text to the invitation message the contact "
"will receive. Then click :guilabel:`Apply` to finish."
msgstr ""
"포털 액세스 권한을 부여하려면, 먼저 사용할 연락처의 :guilabel:`이메일`을 입력하여 포털에 접속합니다. 그 후, "
":guilabel:`포털 액세스' 열 아래에 있는 선택란에 표시합니다. 연락처에 있는 사람이 확인할 수 있는 초대 메시지를 선택적으로 "
"추가할 수 있습니다. 그 후 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 클릭하여 완료합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1
msgid ""
"An email address and corresponding checkbox for the contact need to be filled in before\n"
"sending a portal invitation."
msgstr "포털 초대장을 전송하기 전에 연락처의 이메일 주소 내용과 해당 확인란 체크 여부를 확인하십시오."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:55
msgid ""
"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the "
"contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database."
msgstr "특정 이메일 주소로 메일을 전송하여, 해당 연락처가 Odoo 데이터베이스의 포털 사용자임을 안내합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:59
msgid ""
"To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company "
"contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view "
"a list of all of the company's related contacts. Check the box under the "
":guilabel:`In Portal` column for all the contacts that need portal access, "
"then click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"여러 사용자에게 한번에 포털 액세스 권한을 부여하려면, 회사 연락처로 이동한 다음  :menuselection:`작업 --> 포털 액세스"
" 권한 부여`를 클릭하여 회사의 전체 관련 연락처 내용을 확인합니다. 포털 액세스를 할 연락처 전체에 대해서 :guilabel:`포털 "
"액세스` 항목 아래에 있는 선택란에 표시한 후 :guilabel:`적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:65
msgid ""
"At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, "
"clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then "
"unselecting the checkbox under the :guilabel:`In Portal` column and clicking"
" :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""
"언제든지 연락처로 이동하여 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`작업 --> 포털 액세스 권한 부여`를 클릭 한 후 "
"guilabel:`포털 액세스` 항목 아래에 있는 선택란에 표시한 내용을 취소하고 :guilabel:`적용`을 클릭하면 포털 액세스 "
"권한을 취소할 수 있습니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:72
msgid "Change portal username"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:74
msgid ""
"There may be times when a portal user wants to change their user login. This"
" can be done by any user in the database with administrator access rights. "
"The following process outlines the necessary steps to change the portal user"
" login."
msgstr ""
"포털 사용자가 사용자 로그인을 변경하고자 할 수 있습니다. 관리자 액세스 권한이 있는 경우에는 데이터베이스 전체 사용자가 변경할 수 "
"있습니다. 다음에서 포털 사용자 로그인을 변경하기 위해 필요한 단계를 간략하게 설명합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:79
msgid ""
":doc:`See the documentation on setting access rights "
"</applications/general/users/access_rights>`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:82
msgid ""
"First, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users`. Then, under "
":guilabel:`Filters`, select :guilabel:`Portal Users`, or select "
":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` and set the following configuration "
":guilabel:`Groups` > :guilabel:`contains` > `portal`. After making this "
"selection, search for (and open) the portal user that needs to be edited."
msgstr ""
"먼저, :menuselection:`앱 설정 --> 사용자`를 선택합니다. 다음으로, :guilabel:`필터`에서, "
":guilabel:`포털 사용자`를 선택하거나, :guilabel:`고객 필터 추가`를 선택하여 :guilabel:`그룹` > "
":guilabel:`다음을 포함` > `포털`을 설정합니다. 해당 내용대로 선택한 후, 편집하려는 포털 사용자를 검색한 후 확인합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:87
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if necessary), click into the :guilabel:`Email"
" Address` field, and proceed to make any necessary changes to this field. "
"The :guilabel:`Email Address` field is used to log into the Odoo portal."
msgstr ""
"그런 다음, :guilabel:`편집`을 클릭하고 (필요한 경우) :guilabel:`이메일 주소` 필드를 클릭한 다음 변경이 필요한 "
"내용을 해당 필드에 입력합니다. :guilabel:`이메일 주소` 필드는 Odoo 포털에 로그인하는 데 사용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:92
msgid ""
"Changing the :guilabel:`Email Address` (or login) only changes the "
"*username* on the customer's portal login."
msgstr ":guilabel:`이메일 주소` (또는 로그인)를 변경할 경우 고객의 포털 로그인에서 *사용자 이름*만 변경됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:95
msgid ""
"In order to change the contact email, this change needs to take place on the"
" contact template in the *Contacts* app. Alternatively, the customer can "
"change their email directly from the portal, but the login **cannot** be "
"changed. :ref:`See change customer info <portal/custinfo>`."
msgstr ""
"연락처에 있는 이메일을 변경하려면 *연락처* 앱에서 연락처 서식을 변경해야 합니다. 다른 방법으로는, 고객이 포털에서 직접 이메일을 "
"변경할 수 있으나, 로그인은 변경할 수 **없습니다**. :ref:`고객 정보 변경 보기 <portal/custinfo>`."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:100
msgid "Customer portal changes"
msgstr "고객 포털 변경 사항"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:102
msgid ""
"There may be times when the customer would like to make changes to their "
"contact information, password/security, or payment information attached to "
"the portal account. This can be performed by the customer from their portal."
" The following process is how a customer can change their contact "
"information."
msgstr ""
"고객이 포털 계정에 연계되어 있는 연락처 정보, 비밀번호/보안방식 또는 결제 정보를 변경하려는 경우가 있습니다. 고객이 포털에서 해당 "
"작업을 수행할 수 있습니다. 고객이 연락처 정보를 변경하는 방법은 다음과 같습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:110
msgid "Change customer info"
msgstr "고객 정보 변경하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:112
msgid ""
"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page "
"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon "
"successfully logging in. Portal documents from the various installed Odoo "
"applications will appear with the number count of each."
msgstr ""
"먼저, 데이터베이스 로그인 페이지에서 사용자 이름과 비밀번호 (로그인)를 입력하여 포털의 사용자 계정에 접속합니다. 로그인에 성공하면 "
"포털 현황판이 표시됩니다. Odoo 애플리케이션에 설치되어 있는 다양한 포털 문서가 각 문서의 개수와 함께 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:117
msgid ":ref:`Portal access documentation <portal/main>`."
msgstr ":ref:`포털 액세스 참조 문서 <portal/main>`."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:119
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to the upper-right corner of the portal, and click the "
":guilabel:`Edit` button, next to the :guilabel:`Details` section. Then, "
"change the pertinent information, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
msgstr ""
"그런 다음, 포털의 우측 상단 구석의 :guilabel:`편집` 버튼 옆에 있는 :guilabel:`세부 정보` 섹션을 클릭합니다. 관련"
" 정보를 변경한 후 :guilabel:`확인`을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:124
msgid "Change password"
msgstr "비밀번호 변경"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:126
#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:162
msgid ""
"First enter the username and password (login) into the database login page "
"to access the portal user account. A portal dashboard will appear upon "
"successfully logging in."
msgstr ""
"먼저 데이터베이스 로그인 페이지에 사용자 아이디와 비밀번호 (로그인)를 입력하여 포털 사용자 계정에 접속합니다. 로그인에 성공하면 포털 "
"현황판이 나타납니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:129
msgid ""
"If the customer would like to change their password for portal access, click"
" on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below the "
":guilabel:`Account Security` section. Then, make the necessary changes, by "
"typing in the current :guilabel:`Password`, :guilabel:`New Password`, and "
"verify the new password. Lastly, click on :guilabel:`Change Password` to "
"complete the password change."
msgstr ""
"고객이 포털에 접속하기 위해 비밀번호를 변경하려면, :guilabel:`보안 설정 편집` 링크 아래에 있는 :guilabel:`계정 "
"보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음, 현재 사용 중인 :guilabel:`비밀번호` 및 :guilabel:`새 비밀번호`를 입력하여 "
"필요 항목을 변경하고 새로운 비밀번호를 확인합니다. 마지막으로 :guilabel:`비밀번호 변경`을 클릭하여 비밀번호 변경을 완료합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:135
msgid ""
"If a customer would like to change the login, as documented above, contact "
"the Odoo database point-of-contact. :ref:`See above documentation on "
"changing the portal username <portal/login>`."
msgstr ""
"위에서 설명된 대로 고객이 로그인 정보를 변경하려면 Odoo 데이터베이스 담당자에게 문의하세요: :ref:`위의 문서에서 포털 사용자 "
"이름 변경 <portal/login> 확인하기`"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:139
msgid ""
"Passwords for portal users and Odoo.com users remain separate, even if the "
"same email address is used."
msgstr "같은 이메일 주소를 사용하더라도 포털 사용자와 Odoo.com 사용자의 비밀번호는 별개로 사용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:148
msgid ""
"If the customer would like to turn on two-factor authentication (2FA) for "
"portal access, click on the :guilabel:`Edit Security Settings` link, below "
"the :guilabel:`Account Security` section."
msgstr ""
"고객이 포털 접속용으로 2단계 인증 (2FA)을 사용하려면 :guilabel:`보안 설정 편집` 링크 아래 있는 :guilabel:`계정"
" 보안` 섹션을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:151
msgid ""
"Click on :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to turn on :abbr:`2FA "
"(two-factor authentication)`. Confirm the current portal password in the "
":guilabel:`Password` field. Then, click on :guilabel:`Confirm Password`. "
"Next, activate :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` in a :abbr:`2FA (two-"
"factor authentication)` app (Google Authenticator, Authy, etc.), by scanning"
" the :guilabel:`QR code` or entering a :guilabel:`Verification Code`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`2단계 인증 사용`을 클릭하여 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`를 활성화합니다. :guilabel:`비밀번호` "
"필드에서 현재 사용 중인 포털 비밀번호를 확인합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`비밀번호 확인`을 클릭합니다. 그 다음, "
":abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)` 앱 (Google Authenticator, Authy 등)에서 :guilabel:`QR 코드`를 "
"스캔하거나 :guilabel:`인증 코드`를 입력하여 :abbr:`2FA (2단계 인증)`를 활성화합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:157
msgid ""
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` to complete the "
"setup."
msgstr "마지막으로 :guilabel:`2단계 인증 사용`을 클릭하여 설정을 완료합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:160
msgid "Change payment info"
msgstr "결제 정보 변경하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:165
msgid ""
"If the customer would like to manage payment options, navigate to the "
":guilabel:`Manage payment methods` in the menu on the right. Then, add the "
"new payment information, and select :guilabel:`Add new card`."
msgstr ""
"결제 옵션을 고객이 관리하고자 할 경우에는, 오른쪽 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`결제 방법 관리`로 이동합니다. 그런 다음, 새로운 결제"
" 정보를 추가하고 :guilabel:`새 카드 추가`를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:7
msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)"
msgstr "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol: 인터넷 전화)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:10
msgid ""
"For more information, reference the `Odoo eLearning (video tutorials) on "
"VoIP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/voip-voice-over-ip-315>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:5
msgid "Axivox configuration"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:3
msgid "VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:6
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr "소개"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) can be set up to work together with"
" `Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an Asterisk server is "
"**not** necessary, as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by Axivox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:12
msgid ""
"To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to "
"open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers the company's "
"area, along with the areas the company's users wish to call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:19
msgid ""
"To configure Axivox in Odoo, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` application, "
"and search for `VoIP`. Then, install the :guilabel:`VoIP` module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:22
msgid ""
"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> General Settings --> "
"Integrations section`, and fill out the :guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` field:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:25
msgid ""
":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: set the domain created by Axivox for the account "
"(e.g., `yourcompany.axivox.com`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:27
msgid ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: type in `wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:28
msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: set as :guilabel:`Production`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1
msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:35
msgid ""
"Access the domain on the Axivox administrative panel by navigating to "
"`https://manage.axivox.com/ <https://manage.axivox.com/>`_. After logging "
"into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to any user) -->"
" SIP Identifiers tab --> Domain`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:40
msgid "Configure VoIP user in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:42
msgid ""
"Next, the user is configured in Odoo, which **must** take place for every "
"Axivox/Odoo user using VoIP."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:45
msgid ""
"In Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Users & Companies --> "
"Users`, then open the desired user's form to configure :abbr:`VoIP (Voice "
"over Internet Protocol)`. Under the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, fill out "
"the :guilabel:`VOIP Configuration` section:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`VoIP username` / :guilabel:`Browser's Extension`: (Axivox) "
":guilabel:`SIP username`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:50
msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Secret`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP Password`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`External device number`: SIP external phone extension"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:52
msgid ""
":guilabel:`How to place calls on mobile`: method to make calls on a mobile "
"device"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:53
msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP Auth User`: (Axivox) :guilabel:`SIP username`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:54
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Call from another device`: option to always transfer phone calls "
"to handset"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:55
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Reject All Incoming Calls`: option to reject all incoming calls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst-1
msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:62
msgid ""
"Access the domain on the Axivox administrative panel by navigating to "
"`https://manage.axivox.com/ <https://manage.axivox.com/>`_. After logging "
"into the portal, go to :menuselection:`Users --> Edit (next to the user) -->"
" SIP Identifiers tab --> SIP username / SIP password`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:0
msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/axivox_config.rst:71
msgid ""
"When entering the :guilabel:`SIP Password` into the user's "
":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, this value **must** be typed out manually and "
"**not** pasted in. Pasting in causes a `401 server rejection error`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:3
msgid "Call queues"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:5
msgid ""
"A call queue is a system that organizes and routes incoming calls. When "
"customers call a business, and all of the agents are busy, the call queue "
"lines up the callers in sequential order, based on the time they called in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:9
msgid ""
"The callers then wait on hold to be connected to the next available call "
"center agent."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:11
msgid ""
"Implementing a call queue system reduces stress for employees, and helps "
"build brand trust with customers. Many companies use call queues to set "
"expectations with customers, and to distribute the workload equally amongst "
"employees."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:15
msgid ""
"This document covers the process required to configure call queues (with "
"advanced settings), as well as how to log into a call queue from the Odoo "
"database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:19
msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/music_on_hold`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:22
msgid "Add a queue"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:24
msgid ""
"To add a call queue in Axivox, navigate to the `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_. In the left menu, click :guilabel:`Queues`. "
"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a queue`. Doing so reveals a blank :guilabel:`New"
" queue` form with various fields to fill out."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:30
msgid "Name"
msgstr "이름"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:32
msgid ""
"Once the :guilabel:`New queue` page appears, enter the :guilabel:`Name` of "
"the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:35
msgid "Internal extension"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:37
msgid ""
"Choose an :guilabel:`Internal extension` for the queue. This is a number to "
"be dialed by users of the database to reach the login prompt for the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:41
msgid "Strategy"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:43
msgid ""
"Next, is the :guilabel:`Strategy` field. This field determines the call "
"routing of received calls into this queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:46
msgid ""
"The following choices are available in the :guilabel:`Strategy` drop-down "
"menu:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:48
msgid ":guilabel:`Call all available agents`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:49
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Calls the agent who has received the call for the longest time`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:50
msgid ":guilabel:`Calls the agent who has received the least call`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Call a random agent`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:52
msgid ":guilabel:`Call agents one after the other`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:53
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Call agents one after the other starting with the first in the "
"list`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:55
msgid ""
"Choose a strategy that best meets the company's needs for customers in the "
"queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:58
msgid "Maximum waiting time in seconds"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:60
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Maximum waiting time in seconds` field, determine the "
"longest time a customer waits in the queue before going to a voicemail, or "
"wherever else they are directed to in a dial plan. Enter a time in seconds."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:65
msgid "Maximum duration of ringing at an agent"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:67
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Maximum duration of ringing at an agent` field, determine "
"the longest time an individual agent's line rings before moving on to "
"another agent, or moving to the next step in the dial plan. Enter a time in "
"seconds."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:72
msgid "For more information on dial plans, visit:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:74
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:36
msgid ":doc:`dial_plan_basics`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:75
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:37
msgid ":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:78
msgid "Adding agents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:80
msgid ""
"The final two fields on the :guilabel:`New queue` form revolve around adding"
" agents. Adding :guilabel:`Static agents` and :guilabel:`Dynamic agents` are"
" two pre-configured methods for adding agents onto the call queue during the"
" configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:87
msgid "Static agents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:89
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Static agents` are added, these agents are automatically "
"added to the queue without the need to log in to receive calls."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:95
msgid "Dynamic agents"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:97
msgid ""
"When :guilabel:`Dynamic agents` are added, these agents have the ability to "
"log into this queue. They are **not** logged-in automatically, and **must** "
"log in to receive calls."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:100
msgid ""
"Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes, and click :guilabel:`Apply changes`"
" in the upper-right corner to implement the change in production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:104
msgid "Agent connection"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:106
msgid "There are three ways call agents can connect to an Axivox call queue:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:108
msgid "Dynamic agents connect automatically."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:109
msgid ""
"Manager logs in specific agent(s), via the `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:111
msgid "Agent connects to the queue in Odoo, via the *VoIP* widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:114
msgid ""
"See the documentation on setting :ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents` in the "
"`Axivox management console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:118
msgid "Connect via Axivox queue"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:120
msgid ""
"After the initial configuration of the call queue is completed, with the "
"changes saved and implemented, a manager can log into the `Axivox management"
" console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_ and connect dynamic agents to the "
"queue manually."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:124
msgid ""
"To connect an agent, click :guilabel:`Queues`, located in the left-hand "
"column. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Queues` dashboard, with a few "
"different columns listed:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: name of the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:128
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Extension`: number of the extension to be dialed to reach the "
"queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`Agent Connection`: number to dial to log into the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:130
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Agent disconnection`: number to dial to log out of the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:131
msgid ":guilabel:`Connected Agents`: name of agent connected to the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:133
msgid ""
"The following buttons are also available on the :guilabel:`Queues` "
"dashboard:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:135
msgid ":guilabel:`Connect an agent`: manually connect an agent to the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:136
msgid ":guilabel:`Report`: run a report on the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:137
msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: delete the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:138
msgid ":guilabel:`Edit`: make changes to the settings of the queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:140
msgid ""
"When agents are connected to the queue, or are live with a customer, they "
"are displayed under the :guilabel:`Connected Agents` column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:143
msgid "If they are static agents, they **always** show up as connected."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:145
msgid ""
"Connect an agent by clicking the orange button labeled, :guilabel:`Connect "
"an agent`. Then, select the desired agent's name from the drop-down menu, "
"and click :guilabel:`Connect`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1
msgid ""
"Call queue with connected agents column highlighted and connect an agent and report buttons\n"
"highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:154
msgid ""
"For more information on static and dynamic agents, see this documentation:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:156
msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/static-agents`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:157
msgid ":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-agents`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:160
msgid "Report"
msgstr "보고서"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:162
msgid ""
"Click :guilabel:`Report` to check on the reporting for a particular queue, "
"in order to see who connected when, and what phone calls came in and out of "
"the queue. This information is showcased on a separate :guilabel:`Queue "
"report` page, when the green :guilabel:`Report` button is clicked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:166
msgid ""
"Reports can be customized by date in the :guilabel:`Period` field, and "
"specified in the :guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`to` fields. The information"
" can be organized by :guilabel:`Event type`, and :guilabel:`Call ID`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:170
msgid ""
"When the custom configurations have been entered, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:172
msgid ""
"Each report can be exported to a :abbr:`CSV (comma separated value)` file "
"for further use and analysis, via the :guilabel:`Export to CSV` button."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:175
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Event type` field is clicked, a drop-down menu appears "
"with the following options:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:178
msgid ":guilabel:`The caller quit`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:179
msgid ":guilabel:`An agent is connecting`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:180
msgid ":guilabel:`An agent is disconnecting`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:181
msgid ":guilabel:`The call was terminated (agent hangs up)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:182
msgid ":guilabel:`The call was terminated (caller hangs up)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:183
msgid ":guilabel:`The caller is connected to an agent.`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:184
msgid ":guilabel:`Someone is entering the queue`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:185
msgid ":guilabel:`The caller exits the queue (no agent is connected)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:186
msgid ":guilabel:`The caller exits the queue (timeout)`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:187
msgid ":guilabel:`No one is answering`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:188
msgid ":guilabel:`No one is answering, the caller hangs up`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:189
msgid ":guilabel:`Transfer`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:190
msgid ":guilabel:`Blind Transfer`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1
msgid "Event types in the Axivox queue reporting feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:196
msgid ""
"There is no limit to how many options can be selected from the "
":guilabel:`Event type` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:199
msgid ""
"Clicking :guilabel:`Check all` selects all the available options from the "
"drop-down menu, and clicking :guilabel:`Uncheck all` removes all selections "
"from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:202
msgid ""
"To select an individual :guilabel:`Event type`, click on the desired option "
"in the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst-1
msgid "Axivox queue report with result, event type, and period highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:209
msgid "Connect to queue on Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:211
msgid ""
"Dynamic agents can connect manually to the Axivox call queue from the Odoo "
"*VoIP* widget, once the *VoIP* app is configured for the individual user in "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:215
msgid ":doc:`axivox_config`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:217
msgid ""
"To access the Odoo *VoIP* widget, click the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in "
"the upper-right corner of the screen, from any window within Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:221
msgid ""
"For more information on the Odoo *VoIP* widget, see this documentation: "
":doc:`../voip_widget`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:223
msgid ""
"For an agent to connect to the call queue, simply dial the :guilabel:`Agent "
"connection` number, and press the green call button :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` "
"icon in the *VoIP* widget. Then, the agent hears a short, two-second message"
" indicating the agent is logged in. The call automatically ends "
"(disconnects)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:228
msgid ""
"To view the connected agents in a call queue, navigate to the `Axivox "
"management console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_, and click "
":guilabel:`Queues`, located in the left-hand column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:231
msgid ""
"Then, click the green :guilabel:`Refresh` button at the top of the "
":guilabel:`Connected agents` column. Any agent (static or dynamic) that is "
"connected to the queue currently, appears in the column next to the queue "
"they are logged into."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:235
msgid ""
"To log out of the queue, open the Odoo *VoIP* widget, dial the "
":guilabel:`Agent disconnection` number, and press the green call button "
":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon. The agent is disconnected from the queue after a"
" short, two-second message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:239
msgid ""
"To manually log a dynamic agent out of a call queue, navigate to the `Axivox"
" management console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_, and click "
":guilabel:`Queues`, located in the left-hand column. Then, click the green "
":guilabel:`Refresh` button at the top of the :guilabel:`Connected agents` "
"column."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/call_queues.rst:243
msgid ""
"To disconnect an agent manually, click the red :guilabel:`Disconnect` "
"button, and they are immediately disconnected. This can be helpful in "
"situations where agents forget to log out at the end of the day."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:3
msgid "Conference calls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:5
msgid ""
"Conference calls help employees connect quickly and efficiently, so matters "
"can be discussed in an open forum of sorts. Attendees can be limited, via a "
"sign-in code. That way, confidential matters stay private."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:9
msgid ""
"This document covers the configuration of conference calls in Axivox for use"
" in Odoo *VoIP*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:12
msgid "Add a virtual conference"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:14
msgid ""
"To add a virtual conference room, navigate to the `Axivox management console"
" <https://manage.axivox.com>`_. After logging in, click on "
":guilabel:`Conferences` in the menu on the left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:18
msgid ""
"Next, click the green button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a conference`, and a "
":guilabel:`New conference` form appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1
msgid "New conference form on Axivox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:25
msgid ""
"From here, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` field, and set an "
":guilabel:`Internal extension`."
msgstr "여기에서 :guilabel:`이름`을 입력하고 :guilabel:`내부 확장`을 설정합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:27
msgid ""
"The internal extension is what everyone in the network uses to quickly dial "
"into the conference call, instead of typing in the whole phone number."
msgstr "내선 번호는 전체 전화번호를 입력하는 대신 네트워크에 있는 모든 사람이 전화 회의에 빠르게 전화를 걸기 위해 사용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:31
msgid ""
"Pick a number between three and five digits long, making it easy to remember"
" and dial."
msgstr "기억하기 쉽고 간편하게 전화를 걸 수 있도록 3~5자리 사이의 숫자를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:33
msgid ""
"Next, set the :guilabel:`Access code`, if the conference room requires "
"security. This is a password to get into the conference, once the extension "
"for the conference is dialed. Immediately after dialing the extension, a "
"digital receptionist prompts for the :guilabel:`Access code`."
msgstr ""
"다음으로, 회의실에 보안을 해야 하는 경우 :guilabel:`액세스 코드`를 설정하세요. 이 번호는 회의용 내선 번호로 전화를 걸었을 "
"때 회의에 들어 갈 수 있는 비밀번호입니다. 내선 번호를 누르면 바로 디지털 안내로 :guilabel:`액세스 코드`를 입력하라는 "
"메시지가 나옵니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:37
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Administrator extension` field, click the drop-down menu, "
"and select the user's extension that manages the call."
msgstr ":guilabel:`관리자 내선`에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 통화를 관리자의 내선 번호를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:40
msgid ""
"Finally, in the :guilabel:`Wait for the administrator to start the "
"conference` field, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Yes` or "
":guilabel:`No`."
msgstr ""
"마지막으로 :guilabel:`관리자가 회의를 시작할 때까지 기다리기` 항목에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하고 :guilabel:`예` 또는 "
":guilabel:`아니오`를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:43
msgid ""
"Should the selection be :guilabel:`Yes`, then nobody is allowed to utilize "
"the virtual conference room until the administrator is present, and logged "
"into the conference call."
msgstr ":guilabel:`예`를 선택하면 관리자가 참석하여 전화 회의에 로그인할 때까지 아무도 가상 회의실을 이용할 수 없습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:46
msgid ""
"When all fields are filled in, be sure to :guilabel:`Save` the "
"configuration. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right "
"corner to implement the change in production."
msgstr ""
"모든 내용 입력이 완료되었으면 설정을 :guilabel:`저장`합니다. 그런 다음 오른쪽 상단의 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용`을 "
"클릭하여 프로덕션에 변경 사항을 적용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:49
msgid ""
"Upon doing so, the conference is added, and the Axivox administrator has the"
" option to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Edit` the conference from the "
"Axivox :guilabel:`Conference` main dashboard."
msgstr ""
"그렇게 하면 회의가 추가되고 Axivox 관리자가 Axivox :guilabel:`회의` 기본 현황판에서 회의를 "
":guilabel:`삭제` 또는 :guilabel:`편집` 중에 선택하여 사용할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:53
msgid ""
"To invite an Axivox user to a specific conference call, click "
":guilabel:`Invite` to the right of the desired conference, and proceed to "
"enter the extension or phone number of the invitee in the pop-up window that"
" appears."
msgstr ""
"Axivox 사용자를 특정한 컨퍼런스 콜에 초대하려면 원하는 회의 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`초대`를 클릭하면 나타나는 팝업 창에"
" 초대 대상자의 내선 번호 또는 전화 번호를 입력합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:57
msgid ""
"Once the extension or number is added into the :guilabel:`Please enter the "
"phone number of the person you want to invite` field, click the green "
":guilabel:`Invite` button, and the recipient immediately receives a phone "
"call, automatically linking them to the conference."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`초대하려는 사람의 전화번호를 입력하세요` 입력란에 내선 번호나 일반 번호를 추가한 후 초록색 "
":guilabel:`초대` 버튼을 클릭하면, 수신자에게 즉시 전화가 가며 자동으로 회의에 연결됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:66
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:32
msgid "Incoming numbers"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:68
msgid ""
"To open a conference to a wider audience, an Axivox conference can be linked"
" to *Incoming numbers*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:70
msgid ""
"To do that, log into the `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_, and click :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` in the"
" menu on the left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:73
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Edit` to the"
" far-right of the :guilabel:`Number` to which the conference should be "
"attached."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:76
msgid ""
"Then, under the first field, labeled, :guilabel:`Destination type for voice "
"call`, click the drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Conference`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:79
msgid ""
"Next, in the :guilabel:`Conference` field, click the drop-down menu, and "
"select the specific conference that should be attached to this incoming "
"number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:82
msgid ""
"Now, whenever this incoming number is dialed, the caller is let into the "
"conference, if there is not an :guilabel:`Access code` required. If there "
"*is* an :guilabel:`Access code` required, the caller is then prompted to "
"enter the :guilabel:`Access code` to enter the conference."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:87
msgid "Start call in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:89
msgid ""
"Anywhere in the Odoo database, open the *VoIP* widget, by clicking the "
":guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon, located in the upper-right corner. Then, dial "
"the specific extension number for the conference, and click the :guilabel:`📞"
" (phone)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst-1
msgid "Connecting to a conference extension using the Odoo VoIP widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/conference_calls.rst:97
msgid ""
"Once the digital receptionist answers, enter the :guilabel:`Access code` (if"
" needed), and press the :guilabel:`# (pound)` icon/key."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:3
msgid "Advanced dial plans"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:5
msgid ""
"Typically, companies have a lot of incoming calls every day, but many do not"
" want their teams to answer calls 24 hours a day, 7 days a week."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:8
msgid ""
"By using Axivox advanced dial plan features, the process can be automated, "
"and routing can be set up for all scenarios. This way, customers are never "
"left waiting, or frustrated, because they cannot get in touch with anyone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:12
msgid ""
"By utilizing the advanced elements in dial plans, companies can automate "
"call routing for certain days or times, like company holidays. Companies can"
" also allow callers to enter extensions themselves, and get transferred "
"automatically using a digital receptionist. This way, an administrative team"
" does **not** have to be available around the clock."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:17
msgid ""
"There is even the option to route callers, depending on where they are "
"calling from in the world, thus maximizing efficiency."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:21
msgid ""
"For more information on basic dial plans, and how to add elements, visit "
":doc:`dial_plan_basics`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:24
msgid ""
"Using a browser add-on for spelling may hinder the use of the visual editor "
"in dial plans. Do **not** use a translator with the Axivox management "
"console."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:28
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:160
msgid "Advanced elements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:30
msgid ""
"In Axivox dial plans (as described in :doc:`dial_plan_basics`), there are "
"two advanced elements that can be used."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:33
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:164
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Record`: recording feature is enabled (requires plan change, "
"enabled in Axivox settings)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:35
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:166
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Caller ID`: replace the caller ID by the called number or free "
"text."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:37
msgid ""
"To add one of these elements, navigate to the :guilabel:`Dial plans` page, "
"located in the menu on the left side of the `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:40
msgid ""
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Visual Editor` button to the right of the "
"desired dial plan to edit it. Finally, open the :guilabel:`New element` "
"drop-down menu, select the element, and click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visual editor for a dial plan in Axivox, with Add and the dispatcher element"
" highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:48
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:99
msgid "For more information, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:51
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Record` element records calls that are routed through this "
"element, and requires an additional plan change in Axivox."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:54
msgid ""
"To enable recording on Axivox, navigate to :guilabel:`Settings` in the "
"`Axivox management console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_. Then, go to the "
":guilabel:`Recording` drop-down menu, near the bottom of the page. From "
"there, select :guilabel:`Enabled` from the drop-down menu to enable "
"recording using the :guilabel:`Record` element in a dial plan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:60
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Recording` drop-down menu is unavailable and unable to "
"change, then consult Axivox to enable the feature."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:63
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Caller ID` element allows for the replacement of the caller "
"ID downstream, after routing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:66
msgid ""
"Upon adding the :guilabel:`Caller ID` element to the dial plan, and double-"
"clicking it to configure it, two options appear."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:69
msgid ""
"The first is a :guilabel:`Free text` field, where any text can be input to "
"replace the caller ID. The second option is :guilabel:`Replace the caller ID"
" by the called number`. This option replaces the caller's ID with the "
":guilabel:`Incoming number`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:74
msgid ""
"A company may want to use the :guilabel:`Caller ID` element to replace the "
":guilabel:`Incoming number`, so employees, or outside transfers, cannot see "
"the number, and information is kept private."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:79
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:135
msgid "Basic routing elements"
msgstr "기본 라우팅 요소"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:81
msgid ""
"Basic routing elements in Axivox dial plans provide extension-based routing."
" This can be done by adding either a *Menu* to numerically link the dial-by-"
"numbers to an action, or by using a *Digital Receptionist* to automatically "
"route or listen for an extension, based on a key input from the caller."
msgstr ""
"Axivox 다이얼 플랜의 기본 라우팅 요소에서는 내선 기반 라우팅을 사용할 수 있습니다. *메뉴*를 추가하여 숫자별로 다이얼을 작업에 "
"연결하거나 *디지털 안내*를 사용하여 발신자가 키를 입력하면 자동으로 내선 번호를 라우팅하거나 수신하는 방식으로 진행할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:86
msgid ""
"The main difference between the two elements is that the *Digital "
"Receptionist* does **not** need to be pre-configured numerically with "
"actions. Instead, it acts as a virtual receptionist."
msgstr ""
"두 가지 요소의 주요 차이점은 *디지털 안내*에서 작업을 숫자로 미리 설정할 필요가 **없다**는 것입니다. 그 대신 가상 안내 센터 "
"역할을 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:89
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Menu`: add a dial-by-number directory and configured downstream "
"actions (not terminal). For example, a dial-by-numbers function could "
"feature an element, wherein clicking '2' takes the caller to the element "
"linked to '2' on the Menu element in the dial plan."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`메뉴`: 숫자 디렉토리로 전화를 거는 방식과 다운스트림 설정 작업 (터미널 아님)을 추가합니다. 예를 들어, 숫자별 "
"다이얼 기능에서 '2'를 클릭하면 발신자가 다이얼 플랜의 메뉴 요소에 있는 '2'에 연결되어 있는 요소로 이동시킬 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`: attach a virtual dispatcher to listen for "
"extensions."
msgstr ":guilabel:`디지털 안내`: 내선 전화를 수신할 가상 디스패처를 연결합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:94
msgid ""
"To add one of these elements, navigate to the :guilabel:`Dial plans` page, "
"located in the menu on the left side of the `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_. Next, click on the :guilabel:`Visual Editor` "
"button to the right of the dial plan, to edit the dial plan. Then, open the "
":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click "
":guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""
"이러한 요소 중에서 하나를 추가하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 <https://manage.axivox.com>`_ 왼쪽 메뉴에 있는 "
":guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지로 이동합니다. 다음으로 다이얼 플랜 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`비주얼 편집기` 버튼을 "
"클릭하여 다이얼 플랜을 편집합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`새 요소` 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 요소를 선택한 다음 "
":guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:102
msgid "Digital receptionist scenario"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:104
msgid ""
"The *Digital Receptionist* element is a listen-feature that accurately "
"routes callers through a dial plan, based on the extension they enter, via "
"the key pad."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:107
msgid ""
"Set a *Digital Receptionist* to eliminate the need of a team, or live "
"receptionist, to be on-call all the time. With that element in place, calls "
"now reach their destination, without a real person interjecting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:111
msgid ""
"After adding the :guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` element to a dial plan, "
"connect the appropriate endpoints, and double-click on the element to set "
"the :guilabel:`Timeout` on the :guilabel:`receptionist` pop-up window that "
"appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:115
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Timeout` can be set in `5` second increments, from `5` "
"seconds to `60` seconds."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:118
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` element **requires** a :guilabel:`Play "
"a file` element on either side of it, to explain what action to take, and "
"when a wrong extension is entered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:122
msgid ""
"While customizing a dial plan in a :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up "
"window, add a :guilabel:`Menu` element, with a :guilabel:`Greeting message` "
"that might read, `Press star to dial an extension`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:126
msgid ""
"Then, on the :guilabel:`Menu` element, for the :guilabel:`* (star)` option, "
"link a :guilabel:`Play a file` element, that plays an :guilabel:`Audio "
"message` saying, 'Enter the extension of the person you are trying to "
"reach'."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:130
msgid ""
"Following the first :guilabel:`Play a file` element, add the "
":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` element, followed by another "
":guilabel:`Play a file` element, which states, 'That is not a valid "
"extension'."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:134
msgid ""
"This last element is in place to close the loop, should the caller not enter"
" a correct extension."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:136
msgid ""
"Finally, this last :guilabel:`Play a file` element is looped back into the "
":guilabel:`Menu` element."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:0
msgid "A digital receptionist element highlighted in an example dial plan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:144
msgid ""
"Dial plan elements can be configured by double-clicking them, and selecting "
"different features of the Axivox console to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:147
msgid ""
"For example, an :guilabel:`Audio message` needs to be made, and then "
"selected in a :guilabel:`Play a file` or :guilabel:`Menu` element."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:150
msgid ""
"For more information, see this documentation "
":ref:`voip/axivox/audio_messages`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:153
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:147
msgid "Advanced routing elements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:155
msgid ""
"Advanced routing elements route calls automatically as they are received "
"into the incoming number(s). This can be configured using geo-location, "
"whitelisting, or time-based variables. Calls pass through a filter prior to "
"their final destination, and are routed, based on the set variable(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:160
msgid "The following are advanced routing elements:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:162
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dispatcher`: create a call filter to route traffic, based on the "
"geo-location of the caller ID."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:164
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Access List`: create a tailored access list, with VIP customer "
"preference."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:165
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:154
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Time Condition`: create time conditions to route incoming traffic"
" around holidays, or other sensitive time-frames."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:169
msgid ""
"Whitelisting is a technical term used to create a list of allowed numbers. "
"Conversely, blacklisting is used to create a list of denied numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:172
msgid ""
"To add one of these elements, navigate to the :guilabel:`Dial plans` page, "
"located in the menu on the left side of the `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_. Next, click on the :guilabel:`Visual Editor` "
"button to the right of the dial plan, to edit the dial plan. Then, open the "
":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select the element, and click "
":guilabel:`Add`. For more information, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans`."
msgstr ""
"이러한 요소 중에서 하나를 추가하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 <https://manage.axivox.com>`_ 왼쪽 메뉴에 있는 "
":guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지로 이동합니다. 다음으로 다이얼 플랜 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`비주얼 편집기` 버튼을 "
"클릭하여 다이얼 플랜을 편집합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`새 요소` 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 요소를 선택한 다음 "
":guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다. 자세한 내용은 :ref:`voip/axivox/dial_plans` 를 참조하시기 바랍니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:179
msgid "Dispatcher scenario"
msgstr "디스패처 시나리오"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:181
msgid ""
"A *Dispatcher* element is a dial plan feature that directs calls, based on "
"region or geo-location. In most cases, the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element in"
" a dial plan is linked to the :guilabel:`Start` element, in order to filter "
"or screen calls as they come into an incoming number."
msgstr ""
"*디스패처*는 지역 또는 지리적 위치를 기준으로 통화를 연결하는 다이얼 플랜 기능입니다. 대부분의 경우 다이얼 플랜의 "
":guilabel:`디스패처` 요소는 :guilabel:`시작` 요소에 연결되어 수신 번호로 들어오는 통화를 선별하거나 화면으로 "
"표시합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:185
msgid ""
"Double-click the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element in the :guilabel:`Dialplan "
"Editor` pop-up window to configure it."
msgstr "guilabel:`다이얼 플랜 편집기` 팝업 창에서 :guilabel:`디스패처` 요소를 더블 클릭하여 설정합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:188
msgid ""
"This element checks numbers (routed through this element), according to "
"regular expressions. To add a regular expression, click :guilabel:`Add a "
"line` on the bottom of the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` pop-up window."
msgstr ""
"이 요소는 정규식에 따라 숫자 를 확인합니다 (이 요소를 통해 라우팅됨). 정규식을 추가하려면 :guilabel:`디스패처` 팝업 창 "
"하단에 있는 :guilabel:`줄 추가`를 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:192
msgid ""
"Then, under :guilabel:`Name`, enter a recognizable name to identify this "
"expression. This is the name that appears in the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` "
"element on the dial plan showcased in the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up"
" window."
msgstr ""
"그런 다음 :guilabel:`이름` 아래에 이 표현식을 식별하도록 인식할 수 있는 이름을 입력합니다. 이 이름은 "
"guilabel:`다이얼 플랜 편집기` 팝업 창에 표시된 다이얼 플랜의 :guilabel:`디스패처` 요소에 나타나는 이름입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:196
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Regular expression` field, enter the country code, or area"
" code, which Axivox should route for incoming calls. This is especially "
"helpful when a company would like to filter their customers to certain "
"queues, or users based on the customer's geo-location."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`정규 표현식` 영역에 Axivox가 수신 전화를 라우팅할 국가 번호 또는 지역 번호를 입력합니다. 이 항목은 회사가 "
"고객을 특정 대기열로 구분하거나 고객의 지리적 위치를 기반으로 사용자를 선별하려는 경우 특히 유용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:200
msgid ""
"To specify all numbers behind a certain country code, or area code, include "
"`\\d+` after the country code, or country code + area code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1
msgid ""
"Dispatcher configuration panel, with name, regular expression and add a line"
" highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:208
msgid "`02\\\\d+`: validates the numbers starting with `02`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:209
msgid "`00\\\\d+`: validates all numbers beginning with `00`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:210
msgid ""
"`0052\\\\d+` validates all numbers beginning with `0052` (Mexico country "
"code)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:211
msgid ""
"`001716\\\\d+`: validates all numbers beginning with `001716` (USA country "
"code + Western New York area code)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:215
msgid ""
"A regular expression (shortened to \"regex\" or \"regexp\"), sometimes "
"referred to as a \"rational expression,\" is a sequence of characters that "
"specifies a match pattern in text. In other words, a match is made within "
"the given range of numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:219
msgid ""
"When the desired configurations are complete on the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` "
"pop-up window, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:222
msgid ""
"Upon doing so, the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element appears with different "
"routes available to configure, based on the :guilabel:`Regular Expressions` "
"that were set."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:225
msgid ""
"Attach these routes to any :guilabel:`New element` in the "
":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:227
msgid ""
"By default, there is an :guilabel:`Unknown` path that appears on the "
":guilabel:`Dispatcher` element after setting at least one :guilabel:`Regular"
" Expression`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:230
msgid ""
"Calls follow this route/path when their number does not match any "
":guilabel:`Regular Expression` set on the :guilabel:`Dispatcher` element."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1
msgid "Dial plan with dispatcher element highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:238
msgid "Time condition scenario"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:240
msgid ""
"When a :guilabel:`Time Condition` element is added to a dial plan, it has a "
"simple :guilabel:`True` and :guilabel:`False` routing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:243
msgid ""
"After adding the :guilabel:`Time Condition` element to a dial plan, double-"
"click it to configure the variables. :guilabel:`Hour/Minute`, "
":guilabel:`Days of the week`, :guilabel:`Day of the month`, and "
":guilabel:`Month` can all be configured."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:247
msgid ""
"If the time which the caller contacts the incoming number matches the set "
"time conditions, then the :guilabel:`True` path is followed, otherwise the "
":guilabel:`False` path is followed."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:251
msgid ""
"For a company that is closed yearly for the American Independence Day "
"holiday (July 4th) the following time conditions should be set:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:254
msgid ":guilabel:`Hour/Minute` - `0:0 to 23:59`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:255
msgid ":guilabel:`Day of the week` - `All to All`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:256
msgid ":guilabel:`Day of the month` - `From 4 to 4`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:257
msgid ":guilabel:`Month` - `July`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:259
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Time Condition` element is especially useful for holidays, "
"weekends, and to set working hours. When a caller reaches a destination "
"where they can be helped, either with a real person or voicemail, this "
"reduces wasted time and hangups."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1
msgid ""
"Time condition element set in a dial plan on Axivox. Time condition is "
"highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:268
msgid ""
"To set the :guilabel:`Timezone` that the :guilabel:`Time Condition` operates"
" under, navigate to `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_, and click :guilabel:`Settings` in the menu on"
" the left. Then, set the :guilabel:`Timezone` using the second field from "
"the bottom, by clicking the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:274
msgid "Access list scenario"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:276
msgid ""
"An *Access List* element in a dial plan allows for the routing of certain "
"numbers, and disallows (denies) other numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:279
msgid ""
"After adding an :guilabel:`Access List` element to a dial plan, it can be "
"configured by double-clicking on the element directly in the "
":guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:282
msgid ""
"Two fields appear where regular expressions can based in the "
":guilabel:`Allow` and :guilabel:`Deny` fields of the :guilabel:`Access List`"
" pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:286
msgid ""
"For a very important customer, their number can be set in the "
":guilabel:`Allow` field, and these callers can be sent directly to "
"management."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:290
msgid ""
"A regular expression (shortened to \"regex\" or \"regexp\"), sometimes also "
"referred to as a \"rational expression,\" is a sequence of characters that "
"specifies a match pattern in text."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1
msgid ""
"Access list element configuration with the allow/deny fields highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:298
msgid "`2\\\\d\\\\d`: validates numbers from `200 to 299`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:299
msgid "`02\\\\d*`: validates all numbers beginning with `02`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:300
msgid "`0017165551212`: validates the number (`0017165551212`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:302
msgid ""
"After setting the :guilabel:`Allow` and :guilabel:`Deny` fields with regular"
" expressions or numbers, click :guilabel:`Save` on the :guilabel:`Access "
"List` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:305
msgid ""
"Then, on the :guilabel:`Access list` element in the dial plan, three paths "
"(or routes) are available to link to further actions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:308
msgid ""
"Unknown calls can be routed through the regular menu flow by adding a "
":guilabel:`Menu` element, and connecting it to the :guilabel:`Unknown` path."
" :guilabel:`Refused` calls can be routed to the :guilabel:`Hang up` element."
" Lastly, :guilabel:`Authorized` callers can be sent to a specific extension "
"or queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1
msgid "Access list element highlighted in an example dial plan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:318
msgid "Switches"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:320
msgid ""
"A *Switch* element in Axivox is a simple activated/deactivated route action."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:322
msgid ""
"These can be activated or chosen quickly, allowing for quick routing "
"changes, without altering the dial plan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:325
msgid ""
"Alternate routes can be configured, so that in a moments notice, they can be"
" switched to. This could be for new availability, or to adjust traffic flow "
"for any number of reasons."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:328
msgid ""
"Axivox allows for a simple on/off switch, and a multi-switch, which can have"
" several paths to choose from."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:331
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Switch`: a manual on/off control that can divert traffic, based "
"on whether it is opened (on) or closed (off)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:333
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:156
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Multi-Switch`: a mechanism to create paths, and turn them on and "
"off, to divert incoming calls."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:337
msgid "Basic switch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:339
msgid ""
"A :guilabel:`Switch` can be set in the `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_ by navigating to :guilabel:`Switches` in the "
"left menu. To create a new switch click :guilabel:`Add a switch` from the "
":guilabel:`Switches` dashboard, configure a :guilabel:`Name` for it, and "
"click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:344
msgid ""
"Then, toggle the desired switch to either :guilabel:`On` or :guilabel:`Off`,"
" from the :guilabel:`State` column on the :guilabel:`Switches` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:347
msgid ""
"This :guilabel:`On` / :guilabel:`Off` state automatically routes traffic in "
"a dial plan, in which this switch is set."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:350
msgid ""
"The traffic travels to the :guilabel:`Active` route when :guilabel:`On` is "
"toggled in the switch. The call traffic travels to the :guilabel:`Inactive` "
"route when :guilabel:`Off` is toggled in the switch."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:354
msgid ""
"Changes can be made on the fly, just be sure to click :guilabel:`Apply "
"changes` to implement the them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:358
msgid "Add a switch to dial plan"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:360
msgid ""
"To add a :guilabel:`Switch` to a dial plan, navigate to `Axivox management "
"console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_, and click on :guilabel:`Dial plans` "
"in the left menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Visual Editor` next to the desired "
"dial plan to open the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:365
msgid ""
"Then, from the :guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, select "
":guilabel:`Switch`, and then click :guilabel:`Add`. Double-click on the "
"element to further configure the :guilabel:`Switch` element."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1
msgid ""
"Switch configuration in a dial plan, with inactive and active routes "
"highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:373
msgid "Multi-switch"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:375
msgid ""
"A *Multi-Switch* element in Axivox is a switch where multiple paths can be "
"configured, and switched between."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:378
msgid ""
"To configure and set a :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` element, navigate to `Axivox"
" management console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_. Then, click on the "
":guilabel:`Switches` menu item in the left menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:381
msgid ""
"Toggle to the :guilabel:`Multi-switch` tab to create, or set, a pre-"
"configured :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` element."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:384
msgid ""
"To create a new :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`, click :guilabel:`Create new`. "
"Then, enter a :guilabel:`Name` for the element, and then enter the "
":guilabel:`Available choice`. Enter one :guilabel:`Available choice` per "
"line. Do **not** duplicate any entries."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:388
msgid "Remember to click :guilabel:`Save` when done."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:390
msgid ""
"To select the :guilabel:`State` of the :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`, click the "
"drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` name, under the "
":guilabel:`Multi-switch` tab on the :guilabel:`Switches` dashboard."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:394
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`State` chosen is the route that is followed in the dial plan."
" The :guilabel:`State` can be edited on the fly, just be sure to click "
":guilabel:`Apply changes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:398
msgid "Add a multi-switch to dial plan"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:400
msgid ""
"To add a :guilabel:`Multi-Switch` element to a dial plan, navigate to "
"`Axivox management console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_, and click "
":guilabel:`Dial plans` in the left menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:403
msgid ""
"Then, select or create a dial plan. Next, click :guilabel:`Visual Editor` on"
" the desired dial plan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst:405
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window that appears, click on the "
":guilabel:`New element` drop-down menu, and select :guilabel:`Multi-Switch`."
" Then, click :guilabel:`Add`. Double-click on the element to further "
"configure the :guilabel:`Switch` element."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_advanced.rst-1
msgid ""
"Multi-switch configuration in a dial plan, with chosen route highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:3
msgid "Dial plan basics"
msgstr "다이얼 플랜 기본 사항"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:5
msgid ""
"When someone calls a business, they might need to get in contact with "
"customer support, a sales team, or even a person's direct line. The caller "
"might also be in search of some information about the business, such as "
"store hours. Or, they might want to leave a voicemail, so someone from the "
"company can call them back. With dial plans in Axivox, a company can manage "
"how incoming calls like this are handled."
msgstr ""
"회사에 전화를 걸어서 고객 지원팀이나 영업팀 또는 개인의 직통 전화로 연락해야 하는 경우가 있습니다. 전화를 건 사람이 매장 영업 시간과"
" 같이 회사 관련 정보를 찾고 있는 중일 수도 있습니다. 또는 회사 직원에게서 다시 전화를 받을 수 있도록 음성 메시지를 남기고 싶을 "
"수도 있습니다. Axivox의 다이얼 플랜을 사용하면 이와 같은 수신 전화를 처리하는 방법을 회사에서 관리할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:11
msgid ""
"Using proper call architecture through a dial plan, callers get directed to "
"the right people, or to the right information, in a quick, efficient manner."
msgstr "다이얼 플랜으로 통화 구조를 적절하게 사용하면 발신자는 빠르고 효율적인 방식으로 정확한 사람 또는 정보로 연결됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:14
msgid "This document covers the basic configuration of dial plans in Axivox."
msgstr "이 문서에서는 Axivox의 다이얼 플랜의 기본 환경 설정에 대해 설명합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:17
msgid ""
"For more information on advanced dial plans, visit "
":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`."
msgstr "고급 다이얼 플랜에 대한 자세한 내용은 :doc:`dial_plan_advanced`에서 확인해 보세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:20
msgid ""
"Using a browser add-on for spelling may hinder the use of the visual editor "
"in dial plans. Do not use a translator with the Axivox management console."
msgstr ""
"맞춤법 검사를 하기 위해 브라우저 추가 기능을 사용하면 다이얼 플랜에 있는 비주얼 편집기를 사용하는 데 방해가 될 수 있습니다. "
"Axivox 관리 콘솔에서는 번역기를 사용하지 마세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:26
msgid "Dial plans"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:28
msgid ""
"Access dial plans by navigating to `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_, and clicking on :guilabel:`Dial plans` from "
"the menu on the left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:31
msgid ""
"To add a new dial plan from the :guilabel:`Dial plan` page, click the green "
"button labeled, :guilabel:`Add a new dial plan`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:35
msgid ""
"Axivox has no limit to the number of dial plans that can be created. These "
"can be added, and improved upon, at any time. This allows for sandboxes to "
"be created with many different configurations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1
msgid ""
"Dial plan dashboard with the edit features and Add a dial plan button "
"highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:43
msgid ""
"To edit an existing dial plan, choose one of the following options to the "
"right of the saved dial plan:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:46
msgid ":guilabel:`Delete`: this action deletes the attached dial plan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:47
msgid ":guilabel:`Edit`: this action allows the user to edit the dial plan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:48
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Visual Editor`: this action opens a visual editor window, where "
"the dial plan architecture can be viewed and edited."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:50
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Duplicate`: this action duplicates the dial plan, and puts it at "
"the bottom of the list, with an extension of one number (+1) larger than the"
" original extension."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:54
msgid "Dialplan editor (visual editor)"
msgstr "다이얼플랜 편집기 (비주얼 편집기)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:56
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Visual Editor` button is clicked for a dial plan on the "
":guilabel:`Dial plan` page, a pop-up :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` window "
"appears."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지에서 다이얼 플랜과 관련하여 :guilabel:`비주얼 편집기` 버튼을 클릭하면 "
":guilabel:`다이얼 계획 편집기` 팝업 창이 나타납니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:59
msgid ""
"This pop-up window is the primary place where the architecture, or "
"structure, of the dial plan is configured. In this window, a :abbr:`GUI "
"(graphical user interface)` appears, where various dial plan elements can be"
" configured and linked together."
msgstr ""
"이 팝업 창은 다이얼 플랜의 아키텍처 또는 구조를 구성하는 기본 위치입니다. 이 창에서 다양한 다이얼 플랜 요소를 설정하고 함께 연결할 "
"수 있는 :abbr:`GUI (그래픽 사용자 인터페이스)`가 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1
msgid ""
"Visual editor for an example dial plan, with the new element, Add, and Save buttons\n"
"highlighted."
msgstr ""
"새로운 요소, 추가 및 저장 버튼이 강조 표시된 예시용 다이얼 플랜의\n"
"비주얼 편집기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:69
msgid ""
"New dial plans come blank with :guilabel:`New element` options for the user "
"to :guilabel:`Add` and :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""
"새 다이얼 플랜은 공백으로 표시되어 사용자가 :guilabel:`새 요소`를 선택하여 :guilabel:`추가`하거나 "
":guilabel:`저장`할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:72
msgid ""
"The method for saving in the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` is different from "
"saving any other edits in the Axivox management console because the "
":guilabel:`Save` button **must** be pressed before closing the "
":menuselection:`Visual editor`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`다이얼플랜 편집기`에 저장하는 방법은 Axivox 관리 콘솔에 있는 다른 편집 항목 저장 방법과 다르며, "
":menuselection:`비주얼 편집기`를 닫기 전에 **반드시** :guilabel:`저장` 버튼을 눌러야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:76
msgid ""
"Then, before these changes can take place on the Axivox platform, the user "
"**must** click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the "
":guilabel:`Dial plan` page."
msgstr ""
"그런 다음 Axivox 플랫폼에서 변경 사항이 적용되게 하려면, **반드시** :guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지의 오른쪽 상단에 "
"있는 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용`을 클릭해야 합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:79
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` pop-up window, users can add a new "
"element to the dial plan. To do that, open the :guilabel:`New element` drop-"
"down menu, and select the desired element. Then, click :guilabel:`Add`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`다이얼 플랜 편집기` 팝업 창에서 다이얼 플랜에 새 요소를 추가할 수 있습니다. 그렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`새"
" 요소` 드롭다운 메뉴를 열고 원하는 요소를 선택합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`추가`를 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:83
msgid ""
"Doing so adds that element to the visual editor display of the dial plan "
"being modified. This element can be moved where desired amongst the other "
"elements present in the dial plan."
msgstr ""
"이렇게 하면 편집 중인 다이얼 플랜의 비주얼 편집기 디스플레이에 해당 요소가 추가됩니다. 이 항목을 다이얼 플랜에 있는 다른 요소 중에서"
" 원하는 위치로 이동할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:86
msgid ""
"Connect elements in the dial plan by clicking and dragging outward from the "
":guilabel:`(open circle)` icon on the right side of the element. Doing so "
"reveals an :guilabel:`(arrow)` icon. Proceed to drag this "
":guilabel:`(arrow)` icon to the desired element in the dial plan that it is "
"meant to connect with."
msgstr ""
"요소 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:` (open circle)` 아이콘을 클릭하고 바깥쪽으로 끌어서 다이얼 플랜의 요소를 연결합니다."
" 그러면 :guilabel:` (arrow)` 아이콘이 나타납니다. 계속해서 이 :guilabel:`(arrow)` 아이콘을 연결하려는 "
"다이얼 플랜의 요소로 끌어다 놓습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:91
msgid ""
"Connect the :guilabel:`(arrow)` icon to the circle on the left side of the "
"desired element."
msgstr ":guilabel:`(arrow)` 아이콘을 원하는 요소의 왼쪽에 있는 원에 연결합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:93
msgid ""
"Calls displayed in the dial plan flow from left-to-right in the element."
msgstr "다이얼 플랜에서 통화 표시는 요소의 왼쪽에서 오른쪽 방향 순으로 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:95
msgid ""
"In order to further configure a :guilabel:`New element`, double-click on the"
" element inside the dial plan, to reveal a subsequent pop-up window, wherein"
" additional customizations can be entered."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`새 요소`를 추가로 구성하려면 다이얼 플랜 내에 있는 요소를 더블 클릭하며, 후속 팝업 창이 나타나면 추가로 사용자 "
"정의할 내용을 입력할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:98
msgid ""
"Each element has a different configuration pop-up window that appears when "
"double-clicked."
msgstr "각 요소별로 더블 클릭할 때 나타나는 환경 설정 팝업 창이 다릅니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:101
msgid ""
"All elements **must** have a final destination in the dial plan in order to "
"close a loop. This can be accomplished by implementing the :guilabel:`Hang "
"up` element, or looping the element back to a :guilabel:`Menu` element or "
":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist` element elsewhere in the dial plan."
msgstr ""
"루프를 닫으려면 모든 요소가 **반드시** 다이얼 플랜의 최종 위치에 있어야 합니다. 이렇게 하려면 :guilabel:`통화 종료` "
"요소를 구현하거나 해당 요소를 다이얼 플랜에서 다른 위치에 있는 :guilabel:`메뉴` 또는 :guilabel:`디지털 안내` "
"항목으로 다시 루프하면 됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:0
msgid ""
"Dial plan, shown with highlight looping open end back to the beginning of the menu\n"
"element."
msgstr ""
"다이얼 플랜에서 메뉴요소 중 작업 중인 종료 항목에서 시작 항목까지 루프하는 부분에\n"
"강조된 화면"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:111
msgid ""
"Once all desired dial plan elements and configurations are complete, "
"remember to click :guilabel:`Save` before exiting the :guilabel:`Dialplan "
"Editor` pop-up window. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` on the "
":guilabel:`Dial plans` page to ensure they are implemented into Axivox "
"production."
msgstr ""
"원하는 다이얼 플랜 요소와 환경 설정이 모두 완료되면 :guilabel:`다이얼 플랜 편집기` 팝업 창을 종료하기 전에 "
":guilabel:`저장`를 클릭해야 합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`다이얼 플랜` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`변경 사항 "
"적용`을 클릭하여 Axivox 프로덕션에 구현되었는지 확인합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:117
msgid "Dial plan elements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:119
msgid ""
"The following elements are available in the :guilabel:`New element` drop-"
"down menu, while designing a dial plan in the :guilabel:`Dialplan Editor` "
"pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:123
msgid "Basic elements"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:125
msgid ""
"These are the basic elements that are used in simple dial plans in Axivox:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:127
msgid ":guilabel:`Call`: call an extension or queue."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:128
msgid ":guilabel:`Play a file`: play an audio file or voice greeting."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:129
msgid ":guilabel:`Voicemail`: forward to a voicemail (terminal)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:130
msgid ":guilabel:`Hang up`: hang up the call (terminal)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:131
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Queue`: attach a call queue with a group of users to answer a "
"call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:132
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Conference`: add a conference room for a caller to connect to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:137
msgid ""
"Routing elements change or route the path of a caller, these are some basic "
"routing elements used in Axivox:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:140
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Menu`: add a dial-by-number directory and configure downstream "
"actions (not terminal)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:141
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Switch`: attach a manual on/off control that can divert traffic "
"based on whether it is opened (On) or closed (Off)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:143
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Digital Receptionist`: attach a virtual dispatcher to listen for "
"extensions to connect to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:149
msgid "These are the more advanced elements that route calls in Axivox:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:151
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Dispatcher`: create a call filter to route traffic based on the "
"geo-location of the caller ID."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:153
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Access List`: create a tailored access list with VIP customer "
"preference."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:162
msgid "The following are more advanced elements (not routing) in Axivox:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:169
msgid ""
"Dial plan elements can be configured by double-clicking them, and linking "
"different aspects of the Axivox console to them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:173
msgid "Attach to incoming number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:175
msgid ""
"To attach an existing dial plan to an incoming number, go to `Axivox "
"management console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_ , and click on "
":guilabel:`Incoming numbers`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:178
msgid ""
"Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` next to the number to which the dial plan "
"should be attached."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:180
msgid ""
"Doing so reveals a separate page wherein that number's dial plan can be "
"modified. To do that, select :guilabel:`Dial plan` from the "
":guilabel:`Destination type for voice call` field drop-down menu. Then, "
"choose the desired dial plan from the :guilabel:`Dial plan` field that "
"appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:184
msgid ""
"With that in place, that means when that specific number calls in, the "
"configured dial plan is activated, and runs through the prompts to properly "
"route the caller."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:187
msgid ""
"Finally, :guilabel:`Save` the changes, and click :guilabel:`Apply changes` "
"in the upper-right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:191
msgid "Basic dial plan scenario"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:193
msgid ""
"The following showcases a basic dial plan scenario for call routing, where "
"additional elements can be added to expand the setup. This basic dial plan "
"scenario includes the following linked elements :menuselection:`Start --> "
"Play a file --> Menu --> (Hang-up, Calls, Queues, Conferences) --> "
"(Voicemail, Hang-up)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst-1
msgid "Basic dial plan configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dial_plan_basics.rst:203
msgid ""
"This setup does **not** include any basic or advanced call routing. For more"
" information on call routing, reference this documentation: "
":doc:`dial_plan_advanced`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:3
msgid "Dynamic caller ID"
msgstr "동적 발신자 ID"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:5
msgid ""
"*Caller ID* identifies the caller when they make a phone call. It allows the"
" recipient of the call to see what number the caller is calling from. Caller"
" ID shows users and clients who is calling, so they can choose to pick up or"
" decline the call."
msgstr ""
"*발신자 ID*를 통해 전화를 거는 발신자를 식별합니다. 전화 수신자는 발신자의 전화 번호를 확인할 수 있습니다. 발신자 ID를 이용하여"
" 발신자가 표시되므로 사용자나 고객이 전화를 받거나 거부할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:9
msgid ""
"Axivox offers a dynamic caller ID option to choose which number is displayed"
" on outgoing calls."
msgstr "Axivox는 표시되는 발신 번호를 선택할 수 있도록 동적 발신자 ID 옵션을 제공합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:11
msgid ""
"International numbers can be purchased to do business transactions "
"internationally, via a phone call, from a number that has an area code or "
"country code of the destination being called. By displaying a local number, "
"this can increase customer engagement."
msgstr ""
"국제 전화 번호는 구입할 수 있으며, 통화할 위치의 지역 번호나 국가 번호가 전화번호에 포함되어 있으므로 국제적으로 비즈니스 거래를 할 "
"수 있습니다. 현지 번호가 표시되게 하면 관심을 가지는 고객이 더 많아질 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:15
msgid ""
"Some companies have many employees making calls from a call center. These "
"employees are not always available to receive a return phone call from a "
"prospective customer. In this case, :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet "
"Protocol)` can be configured in such a way that dynamic caller ID shows the "
"main company phone number, so any number of employees in the group can "
"answer the call. This way, a call is never missed."
msgstr ""
"콜센터에서 많은 직원이 통화하게 하는 회사도 있습니다. 잠재 고객이 답신 전화를 했을 때 이와 같은 직원들이 놓치게 되는 경우가 생기게 "
"됩니다. 이 경우 :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`를 이용하여 회사 대표 전화번호를 동적 "
"발신자 ID로 표시되게 설정하면, 그룹 내 직원 수에 관계없이 전화를 받게 할 수 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 전화를 놓칠 염려가 없습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:24
msgid "Default outgoing number"
msgstr "기본 발신 번호"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:26
msgid ""
"In Axivox a *default number* can be set. This is a company's main number. "
"This means, when anyone from the company (user/employee) calls a number "
"outside the company, the default outgoing number shows up automatically on "
"the caller ID."
msgstr ""
"Axivox에서는 *기본 번호*를 설정할 수 있습니다. 이 번호는 회사의 대표 번호입니다. 즉, 회사에서 (사용자/직원) 회사 외부 "
"번호로 전화를 걸면 발신자 ID에 기본 발신 번호가 자동으로 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:30
msgid ""
"If someone from outside the company tries to call back a user/employee, they"
" are then funneled back through the main line (default number). If there is "
"a dial plan set up, they are prompted to make selections. This is especially"
" helpful in cases where employees change positions frequently, or if they "
"leave the company."
msgstr ""
"회사 외부에서 사용자/직원에게 다시 전화를 걸어 올 경우 기본 회선 (기본 번호)을 통해 다시 연결됩니다. 다이얼 플랜이 설정되어 있으는"
" 경우에는 선택하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 이 기능은 직원 보직이 자주 변경되거나 퇴사하게 되는 경우에 특히 유용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:39
msgid ""
"To access the default number, go to the `Axivox management console "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_, and log in. Then, click into "
":guilabel:`Settings` in the left menu, and navigate to :guilabel:`Default "
"outgoing number`."
msgstr ""
"기본 번호에 액세스하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 <https://manage.axivox.com>`_로 이동하여 로그인합니다. 그런 "
"다음 왼쪽 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`설정`을 클릭하여 :guilabel:`기본 발신 번호`로 이동합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:43
msgid ""
"From here, change the :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` by clicking the "
"drop-down menu, and making a selection from the incoming phone numbers "
"available on Axivox."
msgstr ""
"여기에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭한 후 Axivox에서 사용할 수 있는 수신용 전화번호를 선택하여 :guilabel:`기본 발신 번호`를 "
"변경합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:46
msgid ""
"Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` the changes, then click :guilabel:`Apply "
"changes` in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`General Settings` page "
"to implement the change."
msgstr ""
"변경 사항을 :guilabel:`저장`한 후 :guilabel:`일반 설정` 페이지의 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`변경 사항 "
"적용`을 클릭하여 변경 사항을 적용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:49
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` is what shows up by default in the "
"Axivox management portal. However, the outgoing number can also be "
"configured differently at the user level."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`기본 발신 번호`는 Axivox 관리 포털에 기본값으로 표시됩니다. 다만 발신 번호를 사용자 수준에서 다르게 설정할 "
"수도 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:53
msgid "Users"
msgstr "사용자"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:55
msgid ""
"To configure the outgoing number at the user level, log in to the `Axivox "
"management console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_. Next, click "
":guilabel:`Users` from the menu on the left, and then click :guilabel:`Edit`"
" to the right of the user that is to be configured."
msgstr ""
"사용자 수준에서 발신 번호를 설정하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 <https://manage.axivox.com>`_에 로그인합니다. "
"다음으로 왼쪽 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`사용자`를 클릭한 후, 설정하려는 사용자의 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`편집`을 "
"클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:59
msgid ""
"Under :guilabel:`Outgoing number`, click the drop-down menu to select either"
" the :guilabel:`Default outgoing number` (as specified here: "
":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-caller-id-default`), or any of the incoming "
"numbers on the Axivox account."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`발신 번호`에서 드롭다운 메뉴를 클릭하여 :guilabel:`기본 발신 번호` (지정값: "
":ref:`voip/axivox/dynamic-caller-id-default`), 또는 Axivox 계정의 수신 번호 중에서 하나를 "
"선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:63
msgid ""
"Choosing the :guilabel:`Default` selection in the :guilabel:`Outgoing "
"number` drop-down menu ensures this user has the :guilabel:`Default outgoing"
" number` shown on their caller ID when making calls."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`발신 번호` 드롭다운 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`기본` 항목을 선택하면 사용자가 전화를 걸면 발신자 ID에 "
":guilabel:`기본 발신 번호`가 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:66
msgid ""
"If a specific number is chosen, and that number is assigned to this user "
"under :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` (in the Axivox console's menu on the "
"left), that means this user has a direct line for customers to reach them."
msgstr ""
"선택한 특정 번호가 사용자가 :guilabel:`수신 번호`(왼쪽 Axivox 콘솔 메뉴 참조)로 배정되어 있는 경우, 이 번호는 "
"사용자가 고객에게 연락할 수 있는 직통 번호입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:70
msgid ""
"Once the desired changes are complete, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`, "
"then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner to implement "
"the change."
msgstr ""
"원하는 대로 변경이 모두 완료되었으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭한 후, 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`변경 사항 적용`을"
" 클릭하여 변경된 내용을 적용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:74
msgid ""
"By default, when creating a new user in Axivox, the :guilabel:`Outgoing "
"number` is automatically set to :guilabel:`Default`."
msgstr ""
"기본적으로 Axivox에서 새 사용자를 생성할 때 :guilabel:`발신 번호`가 자동 :guilabel:`기본값`으로 설정됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:78
msgid "Advanced options"
msgstr "고급 선택 항목"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:80
msgid ""
"To access the :guilabel:`Advanced options`, navigate to the "
":guilabel:`Settings` option in the menu on the left of the `Axivox "
"management console <https://manage.axivox.com>`_. Then, click "
":guilabel:`Advanced options` to the right of :guilabel:`Default outgoing "
"number`."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`고급 옵션`에 액세스하려면 `Axivox 관리 콘솔 <https://manage.axivox.com>`_ 왼쪽에 있는"
" 메뉴에서 :guilabel:`설정` 항목으로 이동합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`기본 발신 번호` 오른쪽에 있는 "
":guilabel:`고급 옵션`을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:84
msgid ""
"By default, there are not any advanced rules set. To create one, click the "
"green :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon. Doing so reveals a line with two blank "
"fields. From here, different caller IDs can be set up, depending on what "
"location the user/employee is calling from."
msgstr ""
"기본값으로 고급 규칙이 설정되어 있지는 않습니다. 새로 만들려면 초록색 :guilabel:`+ (더하기)` 아이콘을 클릭합니다. 그러면 "
"두 개의 빈 필드가 있는 줄이 표시됩니다. 여기에서 사용자/직원이 전화하는 위치에 따라서 발신자 ID를 다양하게 설정할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:88
msgid ""
"To create a rule, first set the :guilabel:`Destination prefix` in the first "
"empty field. This is the country code, complete with zero(s) in front of it."
" Then, in the second empty field, select the phone number that should be "
"used for calling out from that country code."
msgstr ""
"규칙을 생성하려면 먼저 비어있는 첫 번째 필드에 :guilabel:`대상 접두어`를 설정합니다. 0으로 시작하는 국가 코드입니다. 그런 "
"다음 두 번째 빈 필드에서 해당 국가 코드로 전화를 걸 때 사용할 전화번호를 선택합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:93
msgid ""
"Check the box for :guilabel:`Apply advanced rules even for users with a "
"default outgoing number configured` to allow these rules to take precedent "
"over all other outgoing configurations."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`기본 발신 번호가 설정된 사용자인 경우에도 고급 규칙 적용` 확인란을 선택하면 이 규칙이 다른 발신 설정 내용보다 "
"우선 적용됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:97
msgid ""
"The order of the rules can be modified by dragging-and-dropping them into "
"another order. The first matching rule is applied."
msgstr "규칙의 순서는 다른 순서로 끌어다 놓아서 수정할 수 있습니다. 가장 먼저 매칭되는 규칙이 적용됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:101
msgid ""
"For example, a company wants all users/employees to utilize the configured "
"number for Great Britain when calling from the `0044` country code (Great "
"Britain)."
msgstr ""
"예를 들어, 회사에서 '0044' 국가 코드 (영국)로 전화를 걸 경우에는 모든 사용자/직원이 영국으로 설정되어 있는 번호를 사용하도록 "
"합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:104
msgid ""
"To accomplish that, simply type in `0044` into the :guilabel:`Destination "
"prefix` field, and select the number starting with the `+44` country code. "
"Order the rules as necessary, and select the checkbox to supersede all other"
" rules, if needed."
msgstr ""
"사용하려면 :guilabel:`대상 접두어` 필드에 `0044`를 입력하고 `+44` 국가 코드로 시작하는 숫자를 선택하기만 하면 "
"됩니다. 필요에 따라서 규칙의 순서를 지정하고, 전체 규칙을 대체하게 하려면 확인란을 선택하세요."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:0
msgid "Advanced options for the default outgoing number."
msgstr "기본 발신 번호에 대한 고급 옵션입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/dynamic_caller_id.rst:112
msgid ""
"Once the desired configurations are complete, be sure to click "
":guilabel:`Save`, then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right "
"corner to implement the change."
msgstr ""
"원하는 대로 환경 설정이 모두 완료되었으면 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭한 후, 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`변경 사항 "
"적용`을 클릭하여 변경된 내용을 적용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:3
msgid "Manage users in Axivox"
msgstr "Axivox에서 사용자 관리하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:5
msgid ""
"Managing Axivox :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` users is an "
"important part of setting up :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` in "
"an Odoo database. Each Axivox user has a unique name, phone number and/or "
"extension, and a voicemail. This way, they can be reached in a variety of "
"convenient ways."
msgstr ""
"Axivox :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` 사용자 관리는 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 "
":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)`를 설정하는 데 있어서 중요한 부분입니다. 각각의 "
"Axivox 사용자에게는 고유한 이름과 전화번호 및/또는 내선 번호, 음성 사서함이 있습니다. 이렇게 하면 다양하고 편리한 방법으로 "
"연락을 할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:10
msgid ""
"Axivox users are organized in a simple, straightforward way in the Axivox "
"console, so an administrator can manage users quickly and easily."
msgstr ""
"Axivox 콘솔에서 Axivox 사용자를 간단하고 직관적인 방식으로 구성하므로 관리자가 빠르고 쉽게 사용자를 관리할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:14
msgid ""
"This documentation covers how to configure everything through a provider "
"called, Axivox. Depending on the chosen VoIP provider, the processes to "
"manage users may be different."
msgstr ""
"이 문서에서는 Axivox라는 공급업체를 통해 모든 내용을 설정하는 방법을 다룹니다. 선택한 VoIP 제공업체에 따라 사용자 관리 "
"프로세스가 달라질 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:18
msgid "Overview"
msgstr "입출고 현황"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:20
msgid ""
"Begin at the Axivox management console by navigating to "
"`https://manage.axivox.com <https://manage.axivox.com>`_. Log in with the "
"appropriate administrator credentials."
msgstr ""
"`https://manage.axivox.com <https://manage.axivox.com>`_으로 이동하여 Axivox 관리 "
"콘솔에서부터 시작합니다. 적절한 관리자 자격 증명으로 로그인합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:24
msgid ""
"Actions in the Axivox management console **must** be double-saved, in order "
"for the changes to take effect. To save any changes, click :guilabel:`Save` "
"in the individualized changes screen. Then, to implement those changes, "
"click the :guilabel:`Apply Changes` button in the upper-right corner of the "
"console."
msgstr ""
"변경 사항을 적용하려면 Axivox 관리 콘솔의 작업을 **반드시** 중복하여 저장해야 합니다. 변경 사항을 저장하려면 개별 변경 사항 "
"화면에서 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 변경 사항을 구현하려면 콘솔 오른쪽 상단에 있는 :guilabel:`변경 "
"사항 적용` 버튼을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:34
msgid ""
"Incoming numbers are all the numbers a company is paying to use to receive "
"calls."
msgstr "수신 번호는 회사가 전화 수신용으로 비용을 지불하는 번호를 통칭합니다. "

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:36
msgid ""
"Click on :menuselection:`Incoming numbers` from the menu on the left of the "
"Axivox management console. Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Incoming numbers`"
" page, where all the incoming numbers are listed, along with their "
":guilabel:`Destination` and SMS information."
msgstr ""
"Axivox 관리 콘솔의 왼쪽 메뉴에서 :menuselection:`수신 번호`를 클릭합니다. 그러면 모든 수신 전화번호가 "
":guilabel:`대상` 및 SMS 정보와 함께 :guilabel:`수신 번호` 페이지에 표시됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:40
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Destination` determines the action that is taken, or the path"
" the caller follows when dialing said numbers."
msgstr "guilabel:`대상`에 따라 수행되는 작업이나 발신자가 해당 번호로 전화를 걸 때 따르게 되는 경로가 결정됩니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:43
msgid ""
"To edit the :guilabel:`Destination`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to "
"the far-right of the incoming number line to be modified. Then, on the "
":guilabel:`Edit number` page that appears, the :guilabel:`Destination type "
"for voice call` can be changed."
msgstr ""
":guilabel:`대상`을 편집하려면 수정하려는 수신 번호 줄의 맨 오른쪽에 있는 :guilabel:`편집` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그러면"
" 표시되는:guilabel:`번호 편집` 페이지에서 :guilabel:`음성 통화 대상 유형`을 변경할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:47
msgid ""
"The options available in the :guilabel:`Destination type for voice call` "
"drop-down menu are as follows:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:50
msgid ":guilabel:`Not configured`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:51
msgid ":guilabel:`Extension`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:52
msgid ":guilabel:`Dial plan`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:53
msgid ":guilabel:`Voicemail`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:54
msgid ":guilabel:`Hang up`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:55
msgid ":guilabel:`Conference`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:57
msgid ""
"Depending on the selection made in the :guilabel:`Destination type for voice"
" call` drop-down menu, a second, selection-specific drop-down menu is "
"populated with further configuration options. Additionally, more fields are "
"revealed, based on the selection made in the :guilabel:`Destination type for"
" voice call` drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:62
msgid ""
"Once the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then "
"click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner to implement them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:66
msgid "New users"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:68
msgid ""
"Every employee using :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` at the "
"company needs an Axivox user account associated with them."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:71
msgid ""
"To view existing users in the Axivox management console, click "
":guilabel:`Users` from the menu on the left of the console. Every user has a"
" :guilabel:`Number`, :guilabel:`Name`, option for a :guilabel:`Voicemail`, "
"and an :guilabel:`Outgoing number` specified."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:75
msgid ""
"To create a new user in the Axivox console, click :guilabel:`Add a user` to "
"reveal a :guilabel:`New user` form. The following tabs are available for "
"configuring the new user:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:78
msgid ""
":guilabel:`General`: basic information, including the extension of the user,"
" can be set."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Forwardings`: internal forwards on 'no answer' or busy signals."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:80
msgid ":guilabel:`Follow Me`: external forward configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:81
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Keys`: set hot-keys within the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet "
"Protocol)` system."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:82
msgid ""
":guilabel:`SIP Identifiers`: :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` "
"username and password for external configuration."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:84
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Permissions`: set access rights for users in the Axivox "
"management console."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:87
msgid "General tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:89
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`General` tab of the :guilabel:`New user` form, in the "
":guilabel:`Extension` field, input an extension that is unique to the user. "
"This is the number internal users dial to reach a specific employee."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:93
msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, input the employee name."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:95
msgid ""
"Next, fill out the :guilabel:`Email address of the user` field. A valid "
"email address for the employee should be added here, where the user receives"
" business emails."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:98
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`GSM number` field, enter an alternative number at which "
"the user can be reached. Be sure to include the country code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:102
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:134
msgid ""
"A country code is a locator code that allows access to the desired country's"
" phone system. The country code is dialed first, prior to the target number."
" Each country in the world has its own specific country code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:106
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:145
msgid ""
"For a list of comprehensive country codes, visit: `https://countrycode.org "
"<https://countrycode.org>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1
msgid "General tab layout in the Axivox management console."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:113
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Voicemail` field, select either :guilabel:`Yes` or "
":guilabel:`No` from the drop-down menu."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:116
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Directory` field, the administrator has the option to "
"leave it blank, by making no changes, or selecting :guilabel:`Default` from "
"the drop-down menu. The :guilabel:`Directory` is used in the *Digital "
"Receptionist* feature element of a dial-plan."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:120
msgid ""
"At the bottom of the :guilabel:`General` tab, there are two separate options"
" with selection boxes."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:122
msgid ""
"The first option is :guilabel:`This user can receive multiple calls at the "
"same time`. By selecting this option, users are able to receive calls when "
"on another call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:125
msgid ""
"The second option, :guilabel:`This user must log-in to call`, provides the "
"option to make it mandatory for the user to log in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:129
msgid ""
"If a company uses physical VoIP phones on desks, and wants their employees "
"to be able to log in from *any* phone or desk in the office, they would make"
" the selection for :guilabel:`This user must log-in to call`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:133
msgid ""
"Once the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then "
"click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:139
msgid "Forwardings tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:141
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Forwardings` tab of the :guilabel:`New user` form, a "
"company can decide what happens if someone calls a user, and the call is not"
" answered."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:145
msgid ""
"Forwardings are disabled when the :guilabel:`Follow Me` option is enabled."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:147
msgid ""
"For example, under the :guilabel:`Forwarding on no answer` field, when the "
"button for :guilabel:`Add a destination` is selected, the option to add a "
"specific user or phone number is revealed. After entering the "
":guilabel:`Destination`, a specific time frame can be selected by sliding "
"the :guilabel:`seconds bar` to the desired ring time."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:152
msgid ""
"Additional :guilabel:`Destinations` can be added on with different ring "
"times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:155
msgid ""
"Ring times can be staggered, so the call is forwarded to another user after "
"the first user does not pick up the call. The option to :guilabel:`Send to "
"voicemail as a last resort` is available to the administrator, should the "
":guilabel:`Destinations` not pick up."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:159
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Forwarding on busy` field, an administrator can "
":guilabel:`Add a destination`. When clicked, they can then set the "
":guilabel:`Destination` (user) and time frame. Should the original user's "
":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` extension, or incoming number, "
"be busy, the call is forwarded to the destination(s)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1
msgid ""
"Manage forwarding calls to different users or phone numbers in the "
"Forwardings tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:168
msgid ""
"When the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then "
"click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:172
msgid "Follow Me tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:174
msgid ""
"When the :guilabel:`Follow Me` option is selected, under the "
":guilabel:`Follow Me` tab of the :guilabel:`New user` form, no "
":menuselection:`Forwardings` can be made."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:177
msgid ""
"Also, when the :guilabel:`Follow Me` option is selected, the :guilabel:`Add "
"a destination` button can be selected to add users, or a destination phone "
"number, to the original user's account. That way, these added numbers ring "
"when a call is received."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:181
msgid ""
"After entering the :guilabel:`Destination`, a specific time frame can be "
"made by sliding the :guilabel:`seconds bar` to the desired ring time. "
"Additional :guilabel:`Destinations` can be added with different ring times."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:186
msgid ""
"The original user's :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` number does "
"**not** ring with this option selected. Ring times can also be staggered, so"
" the call is forwarded to another user after the first user does not pick up"
" the call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1
msgid ""
"Ring destinations like different users or phone numbers from the Follow Me "
"tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:195
msgid ""
"The Odoo mobile app, or another :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` "
"mobile client, allows for simultaneous ringing of the user's extension or "
"incoming number. For more information, visit the :doc:`VoIP Mobile "
"Integrations <../devices_integrations>` documentation."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:199
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:345
msgid ""
"Once all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then "
"click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:203
msgid "Keys tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:205
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Keys` tab of the :guilabel:`New user` form, speed dial "
"actions for the user can be configured. Some more advanced options are "
"available, as well."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:208
msgid "The following options are available to set to numerical values `1-20`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:210
msgid "These actions can be set on each number:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:212
msgid ":guilabel:`Not configured`: the default action, which is nothing."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:213
msgid ""
":guilabel:`BLF (Busy lamp fields)`: this action shows the status of other "
"users' phones connected to the Axivox phone system. This is primarily used "
"on a desk-phone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:215
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Quick Call`: this action allows for a speed-dial of an external "
"number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:216
msgid ":guilabel:`Line`: this action allows the user to call another user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:217
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Switch`: this action allows the user to switch between calls from"
" a desk-phone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:218
msgid ""
":guilabel:`Pickup`: this action allows the user to pick up an incoming call "
"from a desk-phone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1
msgid ""
"Manage user page with Keys tab highlighted and number 2 key drop-down menu selected (with\n"
"highlight)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:225
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:313
msgid ""
"Once all the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, "
"then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:229
msgid ""
"Many of the preceding options have secondary options available, as well, "
"that can be used to link a user, or external phone number. These **must** be"
" filled out in conjunction with the initial action."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:234
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Number of keys` field can be changed by entering in the "
"desired numerical value in the :guilabel:`Number of keys` field, located at "
"the top of the :guilabel:`Keys` tab of the :guilabel:`New user` form."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:239
msgid "SIP Identifiers tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:241
msgid ""
"*SIP*, which stands for Session Initiation Protocol telephony, allows one to"
" make and receive calls through an internet connection. The :guilabel:`SIP "
"Identifiers` tab on the :guilabel:`New user` form, contains credentials "
"needed to configure Axivox users in Odoo and/or a different :abbr:`SIP "
"(Session Initiation Protocol)` mobile client."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:247
msgid ""
"See the documentation on configuring Axivox, using the SIP identifiers:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:249
msgid ":doc:`Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox <axivox_config>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:250
msgid ":doc:`Axivox Mobile Integrations <../devices_integrations>`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:252
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`SIP Identifiers` tab, the :guilabel:`SIP username` "
"field represents the user's information that was entered in the "
":guilabel:`Extension` field, under the :guilabel:`General` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:255
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Domain` field is assigned to the company by the Axivox "
"representative."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:257
msgid ""
"The value in the :guilabel:`SIP Password` field is unique for every Axivox "
"user. This value is used to sign into Axivox on Odoo, and for any mobile "
":abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` clients."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1
msgid "Important credentials used for external configurations of Axivox VoIP."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:264
msgid ""
"The value listed in the :guilabel:`Address of the proxy server` field is "
"typically: `pabx.axivox.com`, but is subject to change by Axivox, so be sure"
" to check the :guilabel:`SIP Identifiers` tab for the most accurate value."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:268
msgid ""
"Once all desired configurations have been made, click :guilabel:`Save`, then"
" click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:272
msgid "Permissions tab"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:274
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Permissions` tab of a :guilabel:`New user` form, a "
":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` can be entered for the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:277
msgid ""
"Beneath those fields, the following permissions can be granted to Axivox "
"users for portal access:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:279
msgid ":guilabel:`User portal access`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:280
msgid ":guilabel:`User management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:281
msgid ":guilabel:`Administrator access`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:282
msgid ":guilabel:`Phone management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:283
msgid ":guilabel:`User group management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:284
msgid ":guilabel:`Phone number management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:285
msgid ":guilabel:`Dial plan management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:286
msgid ":guilabel:`Pickup group management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:287
msgid ":guilabel:`Switch management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:288
msgid ":guilabel:`Conference management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:289
msgid ":guilabel:`Queue management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:290
msgid ":guilabel:`Voicemail management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:291
msgid ":guilabel:`Audio messages management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:292
msgid ":guilabel:`Music on hold management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:293
msgid ":guilabel:`Directory management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:294
msgid ":guilabel:`Call list`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:295
msgid ":guilabel:`Connected user list`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:296
msgid ":guilabel:`Global settings`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:297
msgid ":guilabel:`Apply changes button`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:298
msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice download`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:299
msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice details`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:300
msgid ":guilabel:`Blacklist management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:301
msgid ":guilabel:`Conference participant management`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:303
msgid ""
"To access credentials for the Axivox user portal, navigate to the top of the"
" :menuselection:`Permissions` tab. Then, copy the :guilabel:`Username`, and "
"enter the correct :guilabel:`Password` for the individual user. There is a "
"minimum of 8 characters for a user password."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:309
msgid ""
"These are the same permissions granted to the Axivox administrator that are "
"listed in the menu on the left in the Axivox management console. Should a "
"selection state :guilabel:`No`, or :guilabel:`No access`, then the menu "
"option does **not** populate for the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:316
msgid ""
"Upon finishing the setup for a new user, an "
":ref:`voip/axivox/incoming_number` can be linked."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst-1
msgid ""
"Manage a user page, with the permissions tab highlighted, along with the first permission\n"
"highlighted indicating a no selection."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:326
msgid "User groups"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:328
msgid ""
"A user group is a grouping of Axivox users that can be linked to a queue for"
" call center capability."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:331
msgid ""
"To begin using user groups, navigate to `https://manage.axivox.com "
"<https://manage.axivox.com>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:333
msgid ""
"Then, log in with the appropriate administrator credentials. From the menu "
"on the left of the Axivox administrative panel, click into :guilabel:`User "
"Groups`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:336
msgid ""
"To add a user group from the :guilabel:`User Groups` page, click "
":guilabel:`Add a group`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:338
msgid ""
"Next, name the group, by entering text into the :guilabel:`Name` field. "
"Then, add a member to the group by typing the first few letters of the "
"user's name into the :guilabel:`Members` field. The user populates in a "
"drop-down menu below the field. Then, click on the desired user, and they "
"are added to the user group."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/manage_users.rst:343
msgid "Repeat this process to add more users to the group."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:3
msgid "Voicemails and audio messages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:7
msgid ""
"Managing voicemail is an important part of any business. A company needs to "
"access their messages with ease, and stay on top of any missed calls. "
"Recording audio messages, like thanking a caller for reaching out, or "
"directing them to the right extension, is also a great way to personalize "
"the business interaction, and set the tone with the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:12
msgid ""
"This document covers the configuration of both voicemail and audio messages "
"in the Axivox administrative portal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:18
msgid "Set global language"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:20
msgid ""
"To start using voicemails and audio messages with Axivox, the global "
"language should be set in the Axivox admin portal settings. To do that, "
"navigate to `manage.axivox.com <axivox_admin_>`_. After logging into the "
"portal, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Global language (e.g.: voicemail "
"messages,...)`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:25
msgid ""
"From here, set the language to either: :guilabel:`Francais`, "
":guilabel:`English`, :guilabel:`Espanol`, or :guilabel:`Deutsch`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:28
msgid ""
"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`, followed by :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the "
"upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`General Settings` page to implement the"
" change into production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:34
msgid "Activate voicemail"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:36
msgid ""
"In order for a user to utilize voicemail in Axivox, the voicemail feature "
"**must** be turned on in the Axivox administrative portal. To begin using "
"voicemail with a user, navigate to `manage.axivox.com <axivox_admin_>`_. "
"Then, log in with the appropriate administrator credentials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:40
msgid ""
"On the left menu of the Axivox administrative panel, click into "
":guilabel:`Users`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:42
msgid ""
"Then, click into the specific user the voicemail should be activated for. "
"Under the section marked, :guilabel:`Voicemail`, open the drop-down menu, "
"and click on :guilabel:`Yes`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:45
msgid ""
"Lastly, :guilabel:`Save` the change, then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in"
" the upper-right corner of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:49
msgid "Voicemail"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:51
msgid ""
"The next step is to set up the individual voicemail boxes on the Axivox "
"administrative portal. To access the portal, visit `manage.axivox.com "
"<axivox_admin_>`_ and log in. Then, navigate to :menuselection:`Voicemails`,"
" located in the menu on the left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:55
msgid ""
"If the voicemail option was activated in the user profile, using this "
"process :ref:`voip/axivox/activate_voicemail`, then a voicemail is "
"automatically created on the :guilabel:`Voicemails` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:60
msgid ""
"It should be noted that some of the administrative portal language is in "
"French, as Axivox is a Belgian company. The global language is still set to "
"one of the four options as seen here: :ref:`voip/axivox/global_language`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:65
msgid "Manually create voicemail"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:67
msgid ""
"To manually create a new voicemail box, click :guilabel:`Add a voicemail` on"
" the :guilabel:`Voicemails` page. Or, edit an existing voicemail box, by "
"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` to the far-right of an existing voicemail box on "
"the :guilabel:`Voicemails` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:72
msgid ""
"Suppose a sales or support team needs a general voicemail box. The voicemail"
" would need to be created manually, and attached to an incoming number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:75
msgid ""
"The new, manually-created voicemail box should be attached to an incoming "
"number, so it can receive messages. To do so, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Incoming numbers`, located in the menu on the left. Then, "
"click :guilabel:`Edit` to the far-right of the specific number the voicemail"
" should be linked to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:80
msgid ""
"In the :guilabel:`Destination type for voice call` field, click the drop-"
"down menu, and select :guilabel:`Voicemail`. Then, open the drop-down menu "
"on the next line labeled, :guilabel:`Voicemail`, and select the manually-"
"created voicemail box."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:85
msgid ""
"If an incoming number is capable of receiving SMS/text messages, an "
"additional field, :guilabel:`Destination email address for Incoming SMS`, is"
" present."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:88
msgid ""
"To determine whether an incoming number is capable of receiving SMS/text "
"messages, click :guilabel:`Incoming numbers` from the menu on the left, then"
" check the :guilabel:`SMS compatible` column for the incoming number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:92
msgid ""
"Then, if applicable, in the field labeled, :guilabel:`Destination email "
"address for Incoming SMS`, enter an email to which incoming text messages "
"sent to the incoming number can be received. Some incoming numbers (US +1) "
"in Axivox are capable of receiving text messages from individuals and "
"automated numbers."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:97
msgid ""
"Should this field be left empty, the default destination address is used, "
"instead (as previously set in the beginning of the process for manually "
"creating a voicemail)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:100
msgid ""
"Once all desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, then "
"click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the screen to "
"implement the change into production."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:104
msgid "Notifications"
msgstr "알림"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:106
msgid ""
"Now, whenever a voicemail is received on any of the automatically pre-"
"configured or manually-linked voicemail boxes, an email is sent to the "
"user's email address, as listed in the :guilabel:`Voicemails` page, or in "
"the user's Axivox profile."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:110
msgid ""
"This information can be accessed by navigating to :menuselection:`Users` in "
"the left menu, and clicking :guilabel:`Edit` next to the specific user in "
"question."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:116
msgid "Forwarding to voicemail"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:118
msgid ""
"In Axivox, there are also numerous forwarding settings for a user. To access"
" these forwarding settings, go to `manage.axivox.com <axivox_admin_>`_ and "
"log in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:121
msgid ""
"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Users`, located in the menu on the left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:123
msgid ""
"From there, click into the specific user the forwarding should be added to. "
"Then, open the :guilabel:`Forwardings` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:126
msgid ""
"If the user is busy on another call, or away from the phone, there is an "
"option present in this tab to :guilabel:`Send to voicemail as a last "
"resort`, located in the :guilabel:`Forwarding on no answer` and "
":guilabel:`Forwarding on busy` fields."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst-1
msgid ""
"Send to voicemail as a last resort options highlighted on the Forwardings "
"tab of the user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:134
msgid ""
"If the :guilabel:`Send to voicemail as a last resort` box is ticked, when "
"the forwarding actions stated in each section are not successful, the caller"
" is routed to the voicemail set on the particular user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:139
msgid ""
"For more information on forwarding and transfers, visit "
":ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:141
msgid ""
"When all the desired configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`, "
"then click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right corner of the screen"
" to implement the change."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:147
msgid "Audio messages"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:149
msgid ""
"It is possible to add audio messages *before* a customer's call is even "
"taken, to inform them about the waiting time for deliveries, the "
"availability of a product, or any other important promotional messages."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:153
msgid ""
"To record an audio message in Axivox, navigate to `manage.axivox.com "
"<axivox_admin_>`_ and log in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:155
msgid ""
"Next, click on :guilabel:`Audio messages` in the menu on the left. From the "
":guilabel:`Audio messages` page, click :guilabel:`Add a message`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:158
msgid "Type in a :guilabel:`Name`, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:160
msgid ""
"Upon clicking :guilabel:`Save`, the browser redirects back to the main "
":guilabel:`Audio messages` page, where the newly-created message can be "
"found on the list."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:163
msgid ""
"There are two different ways to make the audio message. The user could "
"either record the message over the phone, or type the message (in text), and"
" select a computer-generated speaker to read the message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:168
msgid "Record audio message"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:170
msgid ""
"To record an audio message over the phone, click the orange button labeled, "
":guilabel:`Record/Listen`, located to the right of the desired message on "
"the list to record, on the :guilabel:`Audio messages` page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:174
msgid ""
"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Record / listen to a message` pop-up window "
"appears. From here, the message is then recorded, via one of the extensions "
"that is associated with the user. Under :guilabel:`Extension to use for "
"message management` field, click the drop-down menu, and select the "
"extension where Axivox should call to record the message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:179
msgid "Then, click :guilabel:`OK` to begin the call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:182
msgid ""
"The user **must** be active in the production database with :abbr:`VoIP "
"(Voice over Internet Protocol)` configured. To configure :abbr:`VoIP (Voice "
"over Internet Protocol)` for a user, see this documentation: "
":doc:`axivox_config`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:186
msgid ""
"Upon connecting to the Axivox audio recorder management line, a recorded "
"French-speaking operator provides the following options:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:189
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:199
msgid "Press `1` to record a message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:190
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:200
msgid "Press `2` to listen to the current message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:192
msgid ""
"Press either `1` or `2`, depending on whether or not there is already a "
"message present in the system for this particular audio message that "
"requires a review, before recording a new one."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:195
msgid ""
"Record the new audio message after pressing `1`, then press `#` to end the "
"recording."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:197
msgid ""
"The French-speaking operator returns to the line presenting the first set of"
" questions again:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:202
msgid "Press `#` to end the call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:205
msgid "Write audio message"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:207
msgid ""
"To type the message, and select a computerized speaker to say the text, "
"navigate to the :menuselection:`Audio messages` in the menu on the left."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:210
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Audio messages` page, select the blue button labeled, "
":guilabel:`Text message`, next to the corresponding audio message "
":guilabel:`Name` that the message should be attached to."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:213
msgid "Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Convert text to message` pop-up window."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:215
msgid ""
"From the :guilabel:`Convert to text message` pop-up window, click the drop-"
"down menu next to the field labeled, :guilabel:`Voice`, and select an option"
" for the :guilabel:`Text` to be read in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:218
msgid ""
"After the :guilabel:`Voice` selection has been made, and the message has "
"been written in the :guilabel:`Text` field, click :guilabel:`Generate` to "
"process the audio file."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:221
msgid ""
"The text is read in the same language it is written in the :guilabel:`Text` "
"field. Should the language differ in the :guilabel:`Voice` field, then an "
"accent is used by the computerized speaker."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:224
msgid ""
"Finally, when these steps are complete, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the "
"audio message."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:226
msgid ""
"To implement the changes, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in the upper-right"
" corner of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst-1
msgid ""
"Convert text to message window with voice, text, generate button and save "
"highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:233
msgid ""
"To set a greeting or audio message in a dial plan element double-click on "
"the element. This could be a :guilabel:`Play a file` element, or a "
":guilabel:`Menu` element, in which the caller should encounter an urgent "
"message, or a dial-by-number directory."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:237
msgid ""
"For more information on dial plans see this documentation: "
":doc:`dial_plan_basics` or :doc:`dial_plan_advanced`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:243
msgid "Music on-hold"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:245
msgid ""
"Axivox has the option to add custom hold music to the call whenever a caller"
" is waiting for their call to be answered. To add hold music to the Axivox "
"administrative portal, navigate to the `manage.axivox.com <axivox_admin_>`_,"
" and log in."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:249
msgid ""
"Then, click on :guilabel:`Music on hold` from the menu on the left, and a "
":guilabel:`Change the music on hold` pop-up window appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:252
msgid ""
"On the :guilabel:`Change the music on hold` pop-up window, click the "
":guilabel:`Choose File` button to select an MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3) or WAV "
"(Waveform Audio File Format ) file to be uploaded."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:256
msgid ""
"Only :abbr:`MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3)` or :abbr:`WAV (Waveform Audio File "
"Format)` files can be uploaded to the Axivox administrative portal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:259
msgid ""
"Once the file is selected, the :guilabel:`Progression` bar shows an upload "
"status. When this activity completes, the window can be closed, by clicking "
":guilabel:`Close`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox/vm_audio_messages.rst:262
msgid ""
"When the desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Apply changes` in "
"the upper-right corner of the screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:3
msgid "Devices and integrations"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:5
msgid ""
":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` can be used on many different "
"devices, such as a computer, tablet, mobile phone, and many more. This is "
"helpful in that it reduces costs, and employees can work from anywhere in "
"the world, so long as they have a broadband internet connection."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:9
msgid ""
"Odoo *VoIP* is SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) compatible, which means it "
"can be used with *any* :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` compatible "
"application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:12
msgid ""
"This document covers the process of setting up Odoo *VoIP* across different "
"devices and integrations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:15
msgid ""
"Odoo is fully-integrated with all Odoo apps, allowing users to click into "
"any app, and schedule a call as an activity in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:19
msgid ""
"For example, in the *CRM* app, a user can click into an opportunity, and "
"click on :guilabel:`Activities` in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:22
msgid ""
"Next, they can choose :guilabel:`Call`, and under :guilabel:`Due Date`, they"
" can select a date."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:24
msgid "Once they click :guilabel:`Save`, an activity shows up in the chatter."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:26
msgid ""
"Should the :guilabel:`Due Date` be for today's date, the activity shows up "
"in the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:0
msgid ""
"View of CRM leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:34
msgid "Odoo VoIP (laptop/desktop computer)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:36
msgid ""
"The Odoo *VoIP* (Voice over Internet Protocol) module and widget can be used"
" from any browser on a laptop or desktop device. Simply click on the "
":guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in the upper-right corner, while in the Odoo "
"database, and the widget appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:41
msgid ""
"To see how to use the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` widget on "
"a desktop/laptop computer, check out this documentation: :doc:`voip_widget`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:45
msgid "Odoo VoIP (tablet/mobile device)"
msgstr "Odoo VoIP (태블릿/모바일 기기)"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:47
msgid ""
"The Odoo *VoIP* app can be used on tablets and mobile phones, through the "
"Odoo Android or Apple IOS applications. Additionally, a mobile web browser "
"can be used to access the database."
msgstr ""
"Odoo *VoIP* 앱은 Odoo Android 또는 Apple IOS 애플리케이션으로 태블릿과 휴대폰에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 또한 "
"모바일 웹 브라우저로 데이터베이스에 액세스할 수 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:51
msgid ""
"Odoo Android and Apple IOS applications are no longer being maintained by "
"Odoo on the Android and Apple portals. This means Odoo support only handles "
"limited scopes of Odoo Android or Apple IOS support tickets."
msgstr ""
"Odoo Android 및 Apple IOS 애플리케이션은 Android 및 Apple 포털에서 Odoo가 더 이상 유지 보수를 진행하지"
" 않습니다. 즉, Odoo에서는 Odoo Android 또는 Apple IOS 관련되어 제한된 범위로만 상담을 지원해 드리고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:56
msgid ""
"While outgoing calls can be placed using Odoo on a mobile device, be aware "
"that Odoo is **not** a full :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` "
"application, and does **not** ring on incoming calls. If the user needs to "
"be reachable on a mobile device at all times, an app, like Zoiper, should be"
" used. Apps like that stay connected in the background at all times."
msgstr ""
"모바일 장치에서 Odoo를 사용하여 발신 전화를 걸 수 있지만, Odoo는 :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet "
"Protocol)` 전용 애플리케이션이 **아닙니다**. 따라서, 수신 전화에 대해 수신음이 울리지 **않습니다**. 사용자가 모바일 "
"장치에서 항상 연락이 가능한 상태여야 하는 경우에는 Zoiper와 같은 앱을 사용해야 합니다. 해당 앱은 백그라운드에서 항상 연결 상태를"
" 유지하고 있습니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:61
msgid "For more information, see this documentation: :ref:`voip/zoiper`."
msgstr "자세한 내용은 다음 문서를 참조하세요: :ref:`voip/zoiper`."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:63
msgid ""
"While in the mobile application on a mobile device/tablet, access the Odoo "
"*VoIP* widget, by tapping on the :guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon in the upper-"
"right corner. The widget appears in the lower-left corner."
msgstr ""
"모바일 장치/태블릿에 있는 모바일 애플리케이션 오른쪽 상단의 :guilabel:`☎️ (전화)` 아이콘을 탭하여 Odoo *VoIP* "
"위젯에 액세스합니다. 위젯이 왼쪽 하단에 나타납니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:67
msgid ""
"When first making a call from the tablet using the mobile application, the "
"user is prompted to :guilabel:`Allow` the database to use the microphone. "
"Click :guilabel:`Allow` when prompted to continue with the call using the "
"microphone."
msgstr ""
"모바일 애플리케이션을 사용하여 태블릿에서 처음 전화를 걸 경우, 사용자에게 데이터베이스에서 마이크를 사용하도록 "
":guilabel:`허용`하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 마이크를 사용하여 통화를 계속할지 여부를 묻는 메시지가 나타나면 "
":guilabel:`허용`을 클릭합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:71
msgid ""
"This step is **necessary**, whether using the mobile Odoo application or web"
" browser."
msgstr "이 단계는 모바일 Odoo 애플리케이션 또는 웹 브라우저 양쪽에서 **필수** 단계입니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1
msgid "Allow the database to access the microphone."
msgstr "데이터베이스에서 마이크에 액세스하도록 허용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:77
msgid ""
"Odoo then asks how to make the call. The two options are : :guilabel:`VOIP` "
"or :guilabel:`Phone` (should the tablet be enabled for calling). Click the "
"box next to :guilabel:`Remember ?` should this decision be the default "
"moving forward."
msgstr ""
"그 다음 Odoo에서 전화를 거는 방법을 선택합니다. :guilabel:`VOIP` 또는 :guilabel:`Phone` (태블릿에서 "
"통화 기능이 활성화되어 있어야 함) 두 가지 중에서 선택할 수 있습니다. :guilabel:`정보를 저장할까요?` 옆에 있는 확인란을 "
"선택합하면 앞으로 해당 내용을 기본값으로 사용합니다."

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1
msgid ""
"Window prompt to choose whether to use VOIP or the devices phone to make the"
" call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:85
msgid ""
"Here is the layout of what the Odoo *VoIP* app looks like on a mobile "
"device:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1
msgid "Layout of what the VoIP app looks like on the a mobile device."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:94
msgid "Zoiper Lite"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:96
msgid ""
"*Zoiper Lite* is a free :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` "
":abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` dialer with voice and video."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:99
msgid ""
"To start using the *Zoiper* app, download it to the device, via the `Zoiper "
"download page <https://www.zoiper.com/en/voip-softphone/download/current>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:102
msgid ""
"A mobile device is the most common installation, and this document covers "
"how to set up on the *Zoiper* IOS application. Screenshots and steps may "
"differ depending on the set up conditions."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:105
msgid ""
"After installing the *Zoiper* application on the mobile phone, open the "
"application, and tap on :guilabel:`Settings`. Navigate to "
":menuselection:`Accounts`, and tap on the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon to add "
"an account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:109
msgid ""
"If the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` account is already set "
"up, then click :guilabel:`Yes`. This means an account username and password "
"has already been produced."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1
msgid "Zoiper account setup, shown in the view from a mobile device."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:116
msgid ""
"Next, tap on :guilabel:`Select a provider`. On the screen that populates, "
"tap :guilabel:`Country`, in the upper-right corner, to narrow the providers "
"down to a specific country. Choose the country for the provider that is "
"being configured, then find the :guilabel:`Provider`, and select it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:121
msgid ""
"If the provider being configured is *Axivox*, then select "
":guilabel:`Belgium`. Then, choose :guilabel:`Axivox` as the provider."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1
msgid "Zoiper account setup, choosing the provider."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:128
msgid ""
"Under :abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` options, enter the "
":guilabel:`Account name`, :guilabel:`Domain`, :guilabel:`Username`, and "
":guilabel:`Password`. All this information varies, based on the account."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:133
msgid ""
"To access this information, via the *Axivox* portal, navigate to "
":menuselection:`Users --> Choose user --> Edit --> SIP Identifiers tab`. The"
" :guilabel:`SIP username`, :guilabel:`Domain`, :guilabel:`SIP password`, and"
" :guilabel:`Address of the proxy server` are all present in this tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:141
msgid "Zoiper Field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:142
msgid "Axivox Field"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:143
msgid "Account name"
msgstr "계정 이름"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:144
msgid "*Can be anything*"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:145
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:146
msgid "Domain"
msgstr "도메인"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:147
msgid "Username"
msgstr "사용자 이름"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:148
msgid "SIP username"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:149
msgid "Password"
msgstr "비밀번호"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:150
msgid "SIP password"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:152
msgid ""
"Once this account information is entered, click the green "
":guilabel:`Register` button at the top of the screen. Once the registration "
"information is checked, *Zoiper* populates a message, stating "
":guilabel:`Registration Status: OK`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:156
msgid ""
"At this point, *Zoiper* is now set up to make phone calls using the "
":abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1
msgid "Zoiper account setup, registration successful."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:164
msgid "Linphone"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:166
msgid ""
"*Linphone* is an open-source :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` "
":abbr:`SIP (Session Initiation Protocol)` softphone, used for voice, video, "
"messaging (group and individual), as well as conference calls."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:170
msgid ""
"To start using the *Linphone* app, download it to the device, via the "
"`Linphone download page <https://new.linphone.org/technical-"
"corner/linphone?qt-technical_corner=2#qt-technical_corner>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:173
msgid ""
"A mobile device is the most common installation, and this document covers "
"how to set up the *Linphone* IOS application. Screenshots and steps may "
"differ depending on the circumstances."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:176
msgid ""
"To begin configuring *Linphone* for use with a :abbr:`SIP (Session "
"Initiation Protocol)` provider, first open *Linphone*, and an assistant "
"screen appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:179
msgid ""
"From this screen, select :guilabel:`Use SIP Account`. Then, on the following"
" screen, enter the :guilabel:`Username`, :guilabel:`Password`, "
":guilabel:`Domain`, and :guilabel:`Display Name`. Once complete, press "
":guilabel:`Login`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:183
msgid ""
"At this point, *Linphone* is ready to start making calls, once there is a "
"green button at the top of the application screen that reads, "
":guilabel:`Connected`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst-1
msgid "Linphone account setup, registration successful."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:191
msgid ""
"*Linphone* makes a variety of applications for mobile and desktop devices in"
" operating systems, such as Windows, Linux, Apple, and Android. Because "
"*Linphone* is an open-source project, many new updates are released on a "
"regular basis."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/devices_integrations.rst:195
msgid ""
"See `Linphone's wiki-documentation page "
"<https://wiki.linphone.org/xwiki/wiki/public/view/Linphone/>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3
msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP"
msgstr "Odoo에서 OnSIP로 VoIP 사용하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8
msgid ""
"Odoo *VoIP* can be set up to work together with `OnSIP "
"<https://www.onsip.com/>`_. OnSIP is a VoIP provider. An account is needed "
"with OnSIP in order to use this service."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:11
msgid ""
"Before setting up an account with OnSIP, make sure the company's home area, "
"and the areas that will be called, are covered by OnSIP services."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:14
msgid ""
"After opening an OnSIP account, follow the configuration procedure below to "
"configure it on an Odoo database."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20
msgid ""
"To configure the Odoo database to connect to OnSIP services, first navigate "
"to the :menuselection:`Apps application` from the main Odoo dashboard. Then,"
" remove the default `Apps` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar, and "
"search for `VoIP OnSIP`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24
msgid "Next, install the :guilabel:`VOIP OnSIP` module."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1
msgid "View of OnSIP app in the app search results."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31
msgid "Odoo VoIP setting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33
msgid ""
"After installing the *VOIP OnSIP* module, go to the :menuselection:`Settings"
" app`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Integrations` section, and locate the "
":guilabel:`Asterisk (VoIP)` fields. Then, proceed to fill in those three "
"fields with the following information:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:37
msgid ""
":guilabel:`OnSIP Domain`: the domain that was assigned when creating an "
"account on `OnSIP <https://www.onsip.com/>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39
msgid ":guilabel:`WebSocket`: `wss://edge.sip.onsip.com`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40
msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP Environment`: :guilabel:`Production`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1
msgid "VoIP configuration settings in Odoo Settings app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:47
msgid ""
"To access the OnSIP domain, navigate to `OnSIP <https://www.onsip.com/>`_ "
"and log in. Then, click the :guilabel:`Administrators` link in the top-right"
" of the page."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:50
msgid ""
"Next, in the left menu, click :guilabel:`Users`, and then select any user. "
"By default, the selected user opens on the :guilabel:`User Info` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53
msgid ""
"Click on the :guilabel:`Phone Settings` tab to reveal OnSIP configuration "
"credentials (first column)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:0
msgid ""
"Domain setting revealed (highlighted) on administrative panel of OnSIP management\n"
"console."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:62
msgid "Odoo user setting"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:64
msgid ""
"Next, the user needs to be set up in Odoo. Every user associated with an "
"OnSIP user **must** also be configured in the Odoo user's "
"settings/preferences."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67
msgid ""
"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Manage Users --> "
"Select the User`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69
msgid ""
"On the user form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to configure the user's OnSIP "
"account. Then, click the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, and scroll to the "
":guilabel:`VoIP` section."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72
msgid "In this section, fill in the fields with OnSIP credentials."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74
msgid ""
"Fill in the following fields with the associated credentials listed below:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76
msgid ""
":guilabel:`VoIP Username` / :guilabel:`Extension Number` = OnSIP "
":guilabel:`Username`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:77
msgid ":guilabel:`OnSIP Auth Username` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Auth Username`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:78
msgid ":guilabel:`VoIP secret` = OnSIP :guilabel:`SIP Password`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79
msgid ""
":guilabel:`External device number` = OnSIP :guilabel:`Ext.` (extension "
"without the `x`)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1
msgid ""
"OnSIP user credentials with username, auth username, SIP password, and extension\n"
"highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87
msgid ""
"The OnSIP extension can be found in the *User* banner line above the tabs."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:89
msgid ""
"When these steps are complete, navigate away from the user form in Odoo to "
"save the configurations."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:91
msgid ""
"Once saved, Odoo users can make phone calls by clicking the :guilabel:`☎️ "
"(phone)` icon in the top-right corner of Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:95
msgid ""
"Additional setup and troubleshooting steps can be found on `OnSIP's "
"knowledge base <https://support.onsip.com/hc/en-us>`_."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:99
msgid "Incoming calls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:101
msgid ""
"The Odoo database also receives incoming calls that produce pop-up windows "
"in Odoo. When those call pop-up windows appear, click the green :guilabel:`📞"
" (phone)` icon to answer the call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:104
msgid "To ignore the call, click the red :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1
msgid "Incoming call shown in the Odoo VoIP widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:112
msgid ":doc:`voip_widget`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:115
#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:32
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "문제 해결"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:118
msgid "Missing parameters"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:120
msgid ""
"If a *Missing Parameters* message appears in the Odoo widget, make sure to "
"refresh the Odoo browser window (or tab), and try again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1
msgid "Missing parameter message in the Odoo VoIP widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:128
msgid "Incorrect number"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:130
msgid ""
"If an *Incorrect Number* message appears in the Odoo widget, make sure to "
"use the international format for the number. This means leading with the "
":guilabel:`+ (plus)` sign, followed by the international country code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:138
msgid ""
"For example, `+16505555555` (where `+1` is the international prefix for the "
"United States)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst-1
msgid "Incorrect number message populated in the Odoo VoIP widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:149
msgid "OnSIP on mobile phone"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:151
msgid ""
"In order to make and receive phone calls when the user is not in front of "
"Odoo on their computer, a softphone app on a mobile phone can be used in "
"parallel with Odoo *VoIP*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:154
msgid ""
"This is useful for convenient, on-the-go calls, and to make sure incoming "
"calls are heard. Any SIP softphone will work."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:158
msgid ":doc:`devices_integrations`"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:159
msgid "`OnSIP App Download <https://www.onsip.com/app/download>`_"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:3
msgid "Make, receive, transfer, and forward calls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:5
msgid ""
"Calling prospective clients, customers, or colleagues is an essential part "
"of any business. A company also needs to be available when customers call, "
"in order to build trust and make connections."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:9
msgid ""
"This document covers how to make, receive, transfer, and forward calls with "
"Odoo *VoIP*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:12
msgid "Make calls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:14
msgid ""
"Starting on the Odoo dashboard, a call can be made by opening the phone "
"widget in the the upper-right corner, which is represented by a "
":guilabel:`☎️ (phone)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:17
msgid ""
"Then, a user can click on the :guilabel:`Contacts` tab, and click into any "
"contact in the database to make a call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:20
msgid ""
"Additionally, one can also use the :guilabel:`Search bar` in the "
":guilabel:`VOIP` pop-up window to find any desired contact."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1
msgid "Using the VoIP phone widget to make calls."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:27
msgid ""
"To manually make a call, click the :guilabel:`⌨️ (keyboard)` icon, and "
"proceed to manually key in the desired number. Do not forget to lead with "
"the :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon, followed by the international country code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:32
msgid ""
"For the United States of America, the country code and :guilabel:`+ (plus)` "
"icon, would look like this: `+1`. If one were to dial Belgium, the number "
"would be prefixed by `+32`, and for Great Britain it would be `+44`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:36
msgid ""
"After entering the full number, with the required :guilabel:`+ (plus)` icon "
"prefix and country code, click the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to start"
" the call. When finished, click the red :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to end "
"the call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:45
msgid "Receive calls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:47
msgid ""
"An incoming call automatically opens the *VoIP* widget, when a user is using"
" the Odoo database. Should the database be open in another tab, a sound "
"plays (the sound **must** be activated on the device)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:51
msgid ""
"Once back to the tab, the calling screen of the *VoIP* phone widget appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:53
msgid ""
"Click the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to pick up the call, or the red "
":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon to reject the call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1
msgid ""
"Incoming call on the VoIP widget, with the call answer and call reject "
"buttons highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:61
msgid "Add to call queue"
msgstr "통화 대기열에 추가하기"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:63
msgid ""
"All the contacts and customers that need to be called can be seen in one "
"place with the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, under the :guilabel:`Next "
"activities` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1
msgid "VoIP widget with next activities highlighted, showing tasks below."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:70
msgid ""
"To add a call to the :guilabel:`Next activities` tab, click the green "
":guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon, while in kanban view of the *CRM* application."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:73
msgid ""
"To remove them from the call queue, hover over the opportunity that has a "
"call scheduled, and click the red :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon that appears "
"with the :guilabel:`- (minus)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:76
msgid ""
"When navigating back to the *VoIP* phone widget, **only** the calls that are"
" scheduled immediately for that day appear in the queue under the "
":guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* pop-up widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1
msgid "Adding a call to the next activities tab in the VoIP phone widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:84
msgid ""
"The :guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* phone widget is integrated"
" with the following Odoo apps: *CRM*, *Project*, and *Helpdesk*."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:87
msgid ""
"A call can be added in the chatter of records within those applications."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:89
msgid ""
"To manually add a call, via the chatter, click :guilabel:`Activities` (next "
"to the :guilabel:`🕗 (clock)` icon). Under :guilabel:`Activity Type`, select "
":guilabel:`Call` from the drop-down menu that appears."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:93
msgid "Next, set a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and add a :guilabel:`Summary`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:95
msgid ""
"Lastly, change the :guilabel:`Assigned to` field to the person that should "
"make the call. Whomever is set in this last field (:guilabel:`Assigned to`) "
"has this call show up in their :guilabel:`Next Activities` call queue in the"
" Odoo *VoIP* phone widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:100
msgid ""
"Only calls for the immediate day (today's date) appear in the "
":guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* phone widget for that specific"
" user."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:103
msgid ""
"If specified, click :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Open Calendar` to "
"complete the scheduling of the call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:107
msgid "Transfer calls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:109
msgid ""
"A call can be transferred from one user to another in the Odoo *VoIP* phone "
"widget. However, this can **only** occur after speaking to the caller first."
" Without picking up the call in the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, the only way "
"to transfer a call is automatically though the provider console/portal."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:115
msgid ""
"For more information on transfers, visit :ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:117
msgid ""
"To transfer a call within the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, first, answer the "
"call using the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:120
msgid ""
"Once the incoming call is answered, click the :guilabel:`↔ (left-right "
"arrow)` icon. Then, enter the extension of the user the call should be "
"forwarded to. Finally, click :guilabel:`Transfer` to route the call to that "
"phone number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:125
msgid ""
"To find the extension for a user, consult the :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over "
"Internet Protocol)` administrator, or, if the user has *Settings* access "
"rights to *Administration*, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings App --> "
"Manage Users --> Select the user --> Preferences --> VOIP --> VoIP username "
"/ Extension number`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:130
msgid ""
"For more information on access rights, visit: :doc:`../users/access_rights`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst-1
msgid ""
"Transferring a call within the phone widget, with the transfer buttons "
"highlighted."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:137
msgid "Forward calls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:139
msgid ""
"To forward a call within the Odoo *VoIP* phone widget, first, answer the "
"call using the green :guilabel:`📞 (phone)` icon. Once the incoming call is "
"answered, click the :guilabel:`↔ (left-right arrow)` icon."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:143
msgid ""
"Then, enter the full phone number of the user the call should be forwarded "
"to. Finally, click :guilabel:`Transfer` to route the call to that phone "
"number."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/transfer_forward.rst:147
msgid ""
"For more information on forwarding, visit "
":ref:`voip/axivox/forwardings_tab`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:3
msgid "VoIP widget"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:5
msgid ""
"The *VoIP* widget is an add-on made available to Odoo users through the "
"*VoIP* module. It is used to incorporate virtual telephony into the "
"database. The widget is the control center for making and managing calls in "
"Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:10
msgid "Phone calls"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:12
msgid ""
"To make phone calls while in the Odoo database, click the :guilabel:`☎️ "
"(phone)` icon, located in the top navigation bar."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:15
msgid ""
"When clicked, a :guilabel:`VOIP` pop-up widget appears in the lower-left "
"corner of the Odoo database. The widget allows users to freely navigate "
"throughout the database, while making and receiving calls."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:19
msgid ""
"When receiving calls in Odoo, the :guilabel:`VOIP` widget rings,and displays"
" a notification. To close the widget, click the :guilabel:`X (close)` icon "
"in the upper-right of the widget's screen."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:23
msgid ""
"The :abbr:`VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)` number is the one provided "
"by Axivox. It can be accessed by navigating to `https://manage.axivox.com/ "
"<https://manage.axivox.com/>`_. After logging into the portal, go to "
":menuselection:`Users --> Outgoing number` (column)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst-1
msgid "VoIP call in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:35
msgid ""
"If a *Missing Parameter* error message appears in the Odoo *VoIP* widget, "
"refresh the Odoo window, and try again."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:0
msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:43
msgid ""
"If an *Incorrect Number* error message appears in the Odoo *VoIP* widget, "
"make sure to use the international format, leading with the :guilabel:`+ "
"(plus)` sign, followed by the international country code."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:47
msgid ""
"(E.g., +16506913277, where `+1` is the international prefix for the United "
"States.)"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:0
msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:54
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "탭"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:56
msgid ""
"In all, there are three tabs (:guilabel:`Recent`, :guilabel:`Next "
"Activities`, and :guilabel:`Contacts`) present in the *VoIP* widget, which "
"are used for managing calls and day-to-day activities in Odoo."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:61
msgid "Recent"
msgstr "최근"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:63
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Recent` tab of the *VoIP* widget, the call history for "
"the user is available. This includes incoming and outgoing calls. Any number"
" can be clicked to begin a call."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:67
msgid "Next activities"
msgstr "다음 활동"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:69
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Next Activities` tab of the *VoIP* widget, a user can "
"see any activities assigned to them, and which ones are due to be completed "
"for the day."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:72
msgid ""
"Click an activity from this tab to perform any actions including: Sending an"
" email, accessing their contact, scheduling another activity, or accessing a"
" linked record (such as a Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity, or Project Task)."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:76
msgid ""
"The user can also mark the activity as complete, edit the details of the "
"activity, or cancel it."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:78
msgid ""
"To call the customer related to a scheduled activity, click the :guilabel:`📞"
" (phone)` icon, or click the :guilabel:`⌨️ (keyboard)` icon to dial another "
"number for the customer."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst-1
msgid "Activity control center on the VoIP widget."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:85
msgid ""
"Some other icons appear in the *VoIP* widget, categorized by two sections: "
":guilabel:`Document` and :guilabel:`Activity`."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:88
msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Document` section, from right to left:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:90
msgid ":guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon: sends an email"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:91
msgid ":guilabel:`👤 (person icon)` icon: redirects to the contact card"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:92
msgid ""
":guilabel:`📄 (document)` icon: redirects to the attached record in Odoo"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:93
msgid ":guilabel:`🕓 (clock)` icon: schedule an activity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:95
msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Activity` section, from left to right:"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:97
msgid ":guilabel:`✔️ (checkmark)` icon: mark activity as done"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:98
msgid ":guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon: edit the activity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:99
msgid ":guilabel:`✖️ (cancel)` icon: cancel the activity"
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:102
msgid "Contacts"
msgstr "연락처"

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:104
msgid ""
"Under the :guilabel:`Contacts` tab of the *VoIP* widget, a user can access a"
" contact in the *Contacts* app."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:107
msgid ""
"Any contact can easily be called by clicking into the contact from the "
"*VoIP* widget's :guilabel:`Contacts` tab."
msgstr ""

#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/voip_widget.rst:110
msgid ""
"A search feature is also available in the upper-right side of the widget, "
"represented by a :guilabel:`🔍 (magnifying glass)` icon."
msgstr ""